Show: 25 50 75 100 Results

Search results: 100 out of 3,555

العلاقات الهندية - السوفيتية 1964 - 1971 == Indo - Soviet Relations 1964 - 1971

Author name: حسام احمد شوقي
Supervisor name: خولة طالب لفتة الحميداوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Indian - Soviet relations during 1964 - 1971 dielnt go on asingle frequency , but influenced by the duration of the study anumber of internal , regional and international factors which hav had an impact on the nature of relations if the relations between the two countries after the Lal Bahadur Shastri judgment continued evolving relations which were at the time of Jawahar Lal Nehru evolution which up to amaximum gradesin September 1964 , when the soviet union gives the deal that aircraft ( MiG 21 ) so that India be the first illegitimate country gives these aircraft by the soviet union that relations soon collided alter the political leader ship in the soviet union October 1964 with the arrival Bretiv to the post of first secretary of the communist parties and Alex Kosygin to the post of primeminister and the dedaration of the new leadership to take the new policy in south Asia and to try timprove relations with Pakistan after the tension that with essed dvring the reign of khro show this policy , which Anzmt evident in the second Kashmir war in 1965 and the pursuit of the soviet union convergence between the two parties and resolve the issue through a meeting sponsored by the soviet and the success of this thin is the success of the new policy that is followed by the soviets in the region. The Study also found the impact of internal events of India on the nature of relations between the two countries and reflected positively or negatively where Ibdia witnessed during the study period afood crisis decimated Ibdia making Indihira Gandhi request economic assistance from the united states thatit reflected on there lations with the soviet union , especially with the after soviet rapprochement with pakitan to withess in 1967 and 1968 strained relations between the two parties ont seen therug hout many ears ago that the tension reached its maximumgrades in July 1968 when the soviet union was awarded ar arms deals Pakistan , which raised poputar discontent and navigation with in India and the voices of rapproch ement with the united states the us response to the soviet rappro chemsnt with Pakistan. This tension quickly goes away in 1969 arrival of soviet relations with china to the stayes of crisis and exploit the united states of America and adopted anew policy china trend known as the ( opening - up policy ) by Pakistan president yahya khan whenhe feared both India and the soviet union from triple - column appearance ( united states - china - Pakistan ) which led to arappro chement between India and the soviet union this convergerce desire soviets that is reflected on the described bilateral treaty between the two countries , but Indira Gandhi refused to do sobecause of its adherence to the policy the Non - Aligned followsd by India after independence , but then Irealized Indhira Gandhi that the lack of tinkering with the treadty will lead to breach the military balance in favor of Pakistan , especially since the situation in East Pakistan was waring caution - pakis tans new this year 1971 withessed ahistoric event India signed abolateral treaty with the soviet union was the first its kind to be held by India with major coutries after independence
Summary:
References:

دور الولايات المتحدة الامريكية السياسي في الشؤون الداخلية لليونان 1943 - 1949 == The Political Role Of United States Of America In Interior Affairs Of Greece (1943 - 1949)

Author name: وائل جبار جودة النداوي
Supervisor name: رغد فيصل عبد الوهاب نفاوة
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Greece posed a major part of eastern Europe ,that it lies in the western southern side of Europe continent, and extends along within the Balkan Semi island from the Ionic sea till Aegean sea, as a result of that geography position so Greece has become represent a strategic position to be a target to colonial states, Greece is a pivot joint between east and west , therefore it has a pivot influence in the development of political events in the Balkan.The government of USA didn’t pay any attention to Greece before World War II, but during this was USA had sympathized with it, especially after the Italian invasion to Greece 1940, the USA government assisted Greece through the American Red Cross, but the victories of Greece on Italia didn’t last long, soon the Nazi forces had advanced to invade Greece on April 1941, this event impacted on changing the situation tremendously after the declare of president Franklin Rosfelt to take part in the war on Dec. 1941, the American concern with Greece get increased.After the Nazi invasion of Greece, the Greece government and the king family have fled abroad the country, many political forces have emerged on the ground represented by Greece resistance groups that confronted German invaders, after coalition forces with assistance of resistance had been able to defeat Nazi forces in 1944.As a result, all resistance forces refused the back of the Greece king until proceeding the referendum on the legality of the regime, at that time the president Rosefelt had confirmed on keeping the Greece king because he was a loyal alley for the coalition, the civil war had broken down between the resistance forces that resist the royal regime by the leadership of National liberation Front during 1944 and government forces, Farkiza agreement was resulted from that war on 12th February 1945.Commitment with Farkiza agreement had not been kept for long, so the government started accusing the resistance groups by breaching it, civil war had broken down again when the national liberation front had changed its name to (Dimocratic Greece Army) , on 15th Jan. 1945, on August 1946 Mr. Markos Vafiades was elected to be the leader of that army, the war launched again from the mountain areas in the north of Greece, the USA government had watched the political Greece scene and movement of that army through reports sent by embassy in Greece , as a result the USA president, Troman had declared his doctrine on 12th Feb. 1947, according to that doctrine, the USA government had assisted the Greece government politically and economically.The situation get worse when the British government had declared its withdrawal from Greece on 30th of 1947, the republic army groups had expanded in its dominance over vast lands of Greece, Greece government asked USA government to help it in this crisis, USA government confirmed on military side, it reformed the frame of headquarter of Greece forces and trained its troop, general James Fan Fleet had won to draw plans to defeat the guerrillas undertaken by communism forces, he got assistance by general Alexander Papagos, the main goal of that plan is surrounding the militias, cities and towns and not to go deep inside them in order not to cause a mass human massacres of Greece forces, this plan succeeded to defeat communist militias in Greece 1949.
Summary:
References:

تطور التعليم في لواء كربلاء 1958 - 1968م == Development Of Education In Karbala Province (1958 - 1968)

Author name: لمى حسين علي الركابي
Supervisor name: علي حمزة سلمان الحسناوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Karbala
First pages:
Abstract: Chapters of this thesis about development of education in Karbala province during the period ( 1958 - 1968) showed positive results arerepresented by the following : - 1 - The educational cooperation in Karbala province have been affected by the changed witnessed by the economic, political and social cooperation, the economic and social progress and bloom in the first class in Karbala province had reflected back on changing a ot of its deteriorated reality that it witnessed during the royal regime that cause to delate it too inuch from any other provinces of Iraq, after ( 14 of July revolution in 1958), there were many attempts to change the reality of Iraq totally and Karbala province specially, these atte1npts intended to implement many economic projects to ensure the economic bloom in these economic projects, and it is a matter couldn't be imple1nented by the council or reconstruction in the royal regime of Karbala province at that time, then a series of economic plans were implemented accurately in Karbala province that time, represented by the three economic plans (temporary, detail, fifty years plan), the high incon1es due to the uprising bloon1 of Karbala province , that urges the parents to send their sons to schools to increase the numbers of pupils attend primary schools to join other precedents registered pupils in primary schools.2 - Also the economic bloom Karbala province had witnessed and less immigrants to another provinces , good health reality due to good social facilities submitted by government with the municipality manage1nent in Karbala province had pm1icipated in improving the educational reality of Karbala province, most prominent services submitted by the government is projects of building residence units for the low income employees notably the teachers who suffered from living in unhealthy houses, to build new residence units called (teachers' neighborhood) in order to let the teacher to be available to teaching process only, without any obstacles that may affect on his efforts in teaching, also the government had commenced in submitting all services and rising the social value of teacher to urge other people to be involved in this cooperation of education, also government granted lands to the poor people in Karbala province which resulted in increasing the population in the new places consequently ensuring schools as a major projects and important facilities that complete the success of inhabitance projects in the Karbala province.3 - Building hospitals and health center a m2~jor factor in the Karbala province have participated in developing the education sector, these health cooperation succeeded in overcome and end the common and infectious diseases that devastated huge ratios of population in Karbala province, during the mass visitors who overwhelmed Karbala province annually, while there were no any health center in the royal regime that can make a direct medical inspections tours belong to the educational cooperation for schools to do the vaccinations that is durable to end or diminish the sates of infectious diseases, Karbala province witnessed a prominent improvement of the health situation after the revolution, at that time the government commenced to build the pupil's health centerin the beginning of the republican regime that time in Karbala province, which ended many infectious disease that devastated many people in the province.4 - The local management in Karbala province worked on applying principle of social justice in primary school, through implementing the program of' school wearing' by distributing clothes to poor and needy pupils, and program of school feeding through distributing free meals in schools notably in the rural schools, in order to enhancing the intellectual activity of the pupil and urging pupils to go schools after ensuring the simplest needs of life for the pupil like food and dressing. 5 - The government has enacted many rules and legislations by the ministry of education and teaching, most prominent rule was the order of ministry of education and teaching no. or (39) for the year 1958, which decided to make the teaching is free and compulsory in all places of Iraq without any exclusion, that motivate the fathers of sons to send them to schools after vanish of the most obstacle which is free teaching.6 - Also the occupational education had witnessed a huge concern from the government after the revolution specially in Karbala province, that was by opening two schools for the occupational teaching are Agricultural school for boys and home arts school for girls in Karbala province after being having only one industrial school for boys. 7 - The public and foreign education in all grades had witnessed big development beside the development in the formal education in the province, cooperation had witnessed a remarkable increasing in numbers of teaching staff or pupils and students within the period of the research, that was as a result to the encouragement of the local goverrnnent in supp01iing these cooperation by financial and moral supporting, due to the big role of these cooperation in enhancing the educational and cultural side of the province.8 - Although the big positive results in the education sector during that period but there were couple of negative impedances that has a hard impact on the flow of education current, political conflicts and the split of the community between supporting and opposite citizens led to political intervening in the educational cooperation and result in lowering the education level in Karbala province.9 - In spite of big reforms done by the ministry of higher education as big efTorts of enlarging buildings of the primary schools and ensuring the teaching stafT for these schools in Karbala province, but the enlargement in occupational building had not witnessed the required concern, exist of one school for industry in Najaf district with two schools for agricultural education and home arts school for girls, there was no any opening for a trade teaching school along that period. 10 - The less number qf'girl schools compared with boys school either primary or secondary school , in spite of the concern of the local government with the female sector, that is a result <~l the tribal attitude of the society which refuse the education qf' girls in schools like boys and consequently the le.ss qf educated girls compared with numbers o.f cultured boJ : s.
Summary:
References:

تجارة القطن في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية بين عامي 1783 - 1865 == Cotton Trade In The United State Between 1783 - 1865

Author name: محمد سلمان منور
Supervisor name: ياسين طه ياسين الهارون
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Had a history of the United States of America in the nineteenth century, important developments was the most prominent of the civil war between (1860 - 1865) between the southern states and the US federal government, and it was the most important reasons for having chronic disagreement between the parties on the issue of slavery, which resulted in the aggravation of this issue during the the nineteenth century to the occurrence of many developments that have made the two parties enter into frequent disputes between the two and the other.Cotton was the most prominent factors that caused the civil war, while it was slavery in America in the way of grants to recede and disappear in the final of the eighteenth century decade, emerged cotton crop tops the list of cash crops that the demand is very Kpalra in the late eighteenth century and throughout the nineteenth century. , so gave cotton Aabboudah in the United States a strong motivation for the continuation of more than half a century, particularly since cotton was Leno in the south of large farms, which require a great effort to be planted and cared for. Against the industrial and commercial progress of the North because of the lack of orientation to agriculture causes climatic and topographic , efforts were concentrated towards industrialization, especially textile manufacturing, while the south has focused its attention towards agriculture with the rise of cotton has become more adherent than ever with his economic power, and of the slave
Summary:
References:

الحركة الطلابية في ايران 1941 - 1979م == The Student Movement In Iran1941 - 1979 A.C

Author name: ماجد مطر عباس
Supervisor name: ليلى ياسين حسين الامير
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The research is aimed at clarifying the role of university students in the elimination of the dictatorship in Iran, which represents the governing Pahlavi through layers of Iranian society assign the other, at all levels and levels. The inventory subject of the study 1941 - 1979 years, because it is an integrated point in time began the installation of the Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi to the throne in Iran in 1941, where she was the students' movement at the beginning of its growth, has evolved and escalated during the mentioned period, and turned into an independent militant movement contributed significantly to the fall of Shah's regime in 1979. As we can see that the historical study of the students' movement in Iran that would enrich the researcher with information to assess the political situation experienced by Iran in its contemporary history, and the role played by the student elites in raising awareness among the masses, and take advantage of that experience to address and enlighten public opinion in the restoration of rights and freedoms.And it necessitated the nature of the study divided into an introduction and preface, three chapters and a conclusion, with some supplements on the subject.The beginning of the research discusses the roots and the features of the students' movement formation, and the beginning of its growth during the reign of Reza Bahloa1926 - 1941, after the founding of the University of Tehran in 1934, as he returned back and studied the roots of the first and beginnings of the students' movement in Iran since the beginning of the nineteenth century coincided with the rule of the Qajar state, focusing on the cultural influence and political and education outside the country on the first groups of university students who went to study in Europe, especially in the mid - nineteenth century and who after their return floated modern beliefs in the field of education in Iran, by assigning them in higher education and educational institutions in universities and schools, and also worked on the deployment of reforms the political and social through the Constitutional Revolution of opened new doors to education within the country. It also showed how to Reza Shah Pahlavi, on the basis of modernization of education tried to eliminate religious and national elements and democracy, these things have been turned against the system so that some of those who have received their education abroad turned to parties such as the Tudeh Party and the National Front leaders. And discussed in the first chapter the role of the students' movement in Iran's internal politics 1941 - 1953, in developments in the political events since the entry of the Allied Powers to Iran during World War II, and topple the government of Reza Shah and left over from the results reflected in the deterioration of the situation on all levels, and the concomitant openness in the political atmosphere which was created by existing conditions, and what gave rise to the formation and the emergence of many political parties, and that students form a broad - based, including the Tudeh Party, who managed a short period of control, the atmosphere at the university at the time by being able to establish the first students' organization at Tehran University, as well as Iran rival party to the Tudeh Party in terms of student - Qaida capacity, also appeared for the first time in Iran, many organizations and student associations, including the Islamic Association Students at Tehran University, has become of those organizations a significant role, especially after the end of World War II in the leadership of the demonstrations and protests to advocate political issues that are in favor of the Iranian people, including the issue of the nationalization of the Iranian oil and supporting Mossadegh's government, especially after the establishment of the National Front and the formation of Tehran University student organization of the National Front for the students, as well as in the rest of the Iranian universities. While the second chapter discusses the students' movement and the worsening of the internal conflict in Aaran1953 - 1962, and significant changes that have occurred in the political, economic, social and cultural fields and even on Foreign Relations, after the fall of Mossadegh's government, and the responses of the students' action as a result of these conditions, where university students came out demonstrations in favor of the certified and the decision of nationalization and condemning the government of the coup, and the chapter also discusses the events of the sixth of December 1953, which was for the students of Tehran University a significant role in it, to immortalize Kyuma for the struggle of the Iranian students celebrated annually, and was a motive for comprehensive national renaissance where students objected on that day for the military interference in the affairs of the university and expressed their discontent about the shah's policies, to continue after the crackdown on the students to the end of 1956, and the establishment of the intelligence organ of the Shah's regime under SAVAK name, and devoted a large part of the work of this device to control university students, and work on the non - recurrence of the events that took place during the reign of Certified Government through repression and arrest the students, the chapter also discussed the policy of reform of the Shah and the position of the students assigned to them, as well as the incident of the twentieth of January 1962, and the resulting from the violation of the sanctity of the university by the security forces for the second time.Whereas Chapter III, entitled, the student movement and style armed struggle 1963 - 1979, discussed the study of the most important organizations and students' parties, which have had a significant role at the time in the armed struggle, especially students' organizations that have emerged in this area, including the mujahideen of Iranian people and Fedayeen Organization of the Iranian people, and the chapter dicussed the important political events, including the decision of Khomeini's exiled and its consequences that stepped up events which led to a wave of demonstrations, the most prominent was the fifth day of July 1963, which was known among the researchers uprising (the fifteenth of Khordad), to go beyond the students' opposition in earnest to armed resistance and seeking only overthrowing the regime.Whereas the conclusion covered the main results reached by the researcher for the events covered by the study
Summary:
References:

موقف بريطانيا من الصراع العربي - الاسرائيلي (1967 - 1970) == The Attitude Of Britain Towards The Arab - Israeli Conflict (1967 - 1970)

Author name: سعد علي نعيم الاسدي
Supervisor name: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The second chapter researches India’s embracement of Islam during the Islamic Rashydi caliphate. and The ummawy caliphs in the complement of conquest of India and the early Abassid campaigns as well.
Summary:
References:

موقف الولايات المتحدة الامريكية من الحرب الاهلية النيجيرية 1967 - 1970 == The Attitude Of The United States Of America Of The Nigerian Civil War ( 1967 - 1970 )

Author name: رغداء عباس كامل العتابي
Supervisor name: نوفل كاظم مهوس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This study concluded that the weathy knowledge produced by the Arab Muslim historians and writers were full mature since those authors made personal visits in these remote areas and they improved their descriptive writings. In spite the fact that India witnessed constant political instability , but the unsetteled affairs could not have affected the cultural promotion and progress. Moreover Indian civic legacy played so great role in the Arab Islamic culture that it produced civilization mixture share by both of Arab and Indian nations later on.
Summary:
References:

دور يوسف باشا القرمانلي السياسي في طرابلس الغرب (1795 - 1832م) == The Political Role Of Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli In Tripoli (1795 - 1832 A.D)

Author name: ايمان محمد عبد علوان
Supervisor name: كفاح احمد محمد النجار
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: تعد دراسة الشخصيات السياسية في البلدان العربية، من المواضيع المعقدة لما تحتويه من الغموض التاريخي لاسيما في التاريخ العربي الحديث لقلة المراجع التاريخية المعاصرة لتلك الشخصيات. ويعد يوسف باشا القرمانلي من طراز الشخصيات الكبرى في التاريخ الحديث، وابرز شخصي | The study of political figures in Arab countries is considered one of the complicated subjects for what it contains of historical mystery especially in the Modern Arabic History. This is due to the lack of contemporary historical references for these characters. Yusuf Pasha Al Karamanli is considered one model of the great figures in the modern history, the most notable of the Karamanli family and the longest rule among them (1795 - 1832). His rule witnessed important international events such as the Napoleonic Wars in Europe and the French Campaign in Egypt, and Yusuf Pasha did a distinguished role in this international conflict. His internal and external policies left huge effect on the conditions of Tripoli Eyalet.The nature of the study requires the distribution of the thesis into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter “Tripoli under Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli Management (1795 - 1832m)” includes four sections. I dealt, in the first section, with the conditions of Tripoli Eyalet and the most important stages of its modern history, whereas in the second chapter, I dealt with the way the Al Karamanli family succeeded the throne. As well I dealt with the familial disintegration which erupted among Ali Pasha’s sons, Ali Al Jazairi’s control, the help appeals by the Al Karamanli family members to the Bey of Tunis Hamouda Pasha. I also dealt with the role of Ali Al Karamanli for the liberation of Tripoli; while in the third section, I dealt with a historical glimpse about the life of Yusuf Al Karamanli. In the fourth section, I dealt with his internal policy especially.The second chapter is entitled “The Foreign Policy of Yusuf Pasha (1795 - 1832).” I dealt in the first section with Yusuf Pasha’s foreign policy towards Ottoman Empire and the Arab Eyalets (1795 - 1832). The second section deals with the relation of Yusuf Pasha with the foreign countries (France and Britain), and in the third section I dealt with the Italian Statelets.The third chapter is entitled “Yusuf Pasha Alqurmanli Relations Tripoli - US (1795 - 1832(” In the first section, I deal with the stages of the origination and development of the Tripoli - American relations (1795 - 1801). In the second sections, I deal with the conditions of the outbreak of the war between the two countries. The third section is dedicated to the holding of the Reconciliation Treaty in 1805 after which the relations stabilized even though it witnessed some misunderstanding amongst the two parties Until the end of the rule of Yusuf Pasha in 1832.Then comes the fourth chapter, which is entitled “The Frailty and Fall of Yusuf Pasha’s Rule,” in which I deal with the reasons of frailty storming Yusuf Pasha’s rule during its last days. I also tracked, in the second section, Abdul Jalil Saif Al Nasr’s revolution that erupted since 1831. The third section was dedicated for the reasons obliging Yusuf Pasha to declare his resign from ruling passing it to his son Ali Bek. I deal in the conclusions with the findings of my study
Summary:
References:

كونراد اديناور ودوره في السياسة الخارجية لالمانيا الاتحادية (1949 - 1963) == Konrad Adenauer And His Role In Foreign Policy Of Federal Germany 1949 - 1963

Author name: محمد سمير خزعل
Supervisor name: اسامة عبد الرحمن نعمان الدوري
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: After the 2nd world war Germany had witnessed many great and important changes affected on its future for decades, especially its Spilt into two Germanys , Federal and Democratic, this Spilt occurred two contradictory countries, one followed the western countries and the other followed the Soviet Union. This came according to the results of the 2nd world war. So west Germany fell as a victim of division to United States, Great Britain and France which represented Federal Germany later, and Soviet Union occupied the eastern Part and founded Democratic Germany.These events led to weakness and division of Germany among the four countries, but the German political elites worked for reposition of Germany among countries, particularly in Federal Germany, where Adenauer rose as an important personality in Germany, according to his long experience since the German Empire and Republic of Weimar and then his opposition to Hitler's regime. Then he took an important role in formation the Christian Democratic Union (CDU) which contained the high political personalities who had a role in Republic of Weimar and were opponents to Hitler.The Dissertation consists of an introduction, four Chapters and a conclusions , the first chapter, entitled Konrad Adenauer and his first political activities until 1949, Which divided into four sections, The first tackled Konrad Adenauer : his life and beginnings till 1917. And the second section studied Konrad Adenauer as a mayor of cologne 1917 - 1933 which clarified his role in modernization of the city and his attitude from the general politics of Weimar Republic, the third section showed Adenauer during the period of the third Reich 1933 - 1945 which clarified his suffering of Hitler's regime, and the Fourth section talked the role of Adenauer after the 2nd world war and the foundation of the Christian Democratic Union until 1949, Which clarified his role as a mayor after the War and foundation of the (CDU).The Second Chapter studied the Role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1949 - 1953, Which divided into four sections, the first deals with the Elections Campaign and foundation of Federal Republic of Germany, and the second section included the basic principles of the German's foreign politics and the beginning of allying with occident, the third section followed the role of Adenauer in betterment the relationship between Federal Germany and France. The fourth section talked Adenauer and the cold war.The Third Chapter covered the role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1954 - 1957, which divided into four sections, the first talked Adenauer's role in joined federal Germany in NATO. The second section clarify the attitude of Adenauer from the meeting of the four powers in Geneva and the Unity of Germany. The third section covered the attitude of the three allies from foundation of the German army. The fourth section deals with the role of Adenauer in forming the European Economic Community (EEC).The fourth chapter Focused on the role of Adenauer in foreign policy of federal Germany 1958 - 1963 , Which divided into four sections , the first studied the policy of Adenauer towards France 1958 - 1963. The second section asserted on the policy of Adenauer towards Britain 1958 - 1963. The third one studied the Attitude of Adenauer from Berlin crisis 1958 - 1961. The fourth and last section concentrated on the ends of Adenauer until his death 1967.The thesis has reached several conclusions , the main were : - Adenauer was different in his directions after the 2nd world war than before, because he thought the new stage needs new political visions, especially after the failure of Weimar Republic in realizing democracy, therefore he didn't return to the central party, but he founded a new party believes in equality in religions, so that some of protestant politicians joined his party. - Adenauer could drawing foreign politics suitable to German reality, and he succeeded in applying what he called in electoral program. - The Advantage of Adenauer wasn't for Germany only but for Europe in general, because what he done to create the European Economic Community was a clear evidence to his keenness on European Nation, so that he participated in foundation a union gathering European countries in all fields. - Adenauer perpetrated many mistakes at the end of his rule resulted hatred of some politicians to him and decreasing in his popularity, particularly when he was nominated as a president and then dragging his nomination, he gave a less value to the post of president, and he excluded the political competitors. - we can certainly say that Adenauer in spite of his personal autocratic tendencies was genuinely committed to liberal democracy, and that for 95 per cent of the time he acted within the parameters of the ‘Chancellor democracy’ existed in the sense that the Federal Republic had a very powerful chief executive in the Adenauer years (1949 - 63), or, to be more precise, it had such a person until 1961. It did not exist in the sense of its having an autocratic Chancellor
Summary:
References:

الاقباط ودورهم السياسي في مصر : مكرم عبيد انمـوذجا (1919 - 1952)

Author name: هدى جابر سلمان الخفاجي
Supervisor name: ابراهيم خلف عبد المجيد العبيدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Summary:

الحركات الاسلامية في العراق خلال عهد عبد السلام عارف : دراسة تاريخية == Islamic Movements In The Iraq During The Reign Of Previous President Abdulsalam Arif Historical Study

Author name: تقى مؤيد فاضل الشيخلي
Supervisor name: وسن سعيد عبود الكرعاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Islamic movement got very important political , social and religious position. This thesis focused on the role of Islamic movement which occupied high - ranking place in its history that practiced dangerous roles affected in the movements, making events and positions via its instructions and formal legal opinions issued in different times played decisive role in the events and occurrences. Accordingly the research was selected for many reasons : - 1. Ignoring those movements upon academic studies level which were specified for many topics, perhaps because of main reason of severe control imposed by previous governments upon those studies. 2. This thesis concentrate on explaining Iraqi real position of Islamic approximation experienced by the people due to enlightenment spiritual leadership of these movements confronted all sectarian aspects and focused on finding correct foundations built on equality , justice and confront the mistakes of previous governments by all possible means and approaches. Therefore it is an attempt to animate Islamic movements history that found correct solutions and treatments useful for our status que.3. Focusing the light upon the role of Islamic movements at reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif will enable us to analyze the reasons which are behind religious , political , cultural and reforming achievements and influence of these movements in living of Iraqi people to reflect clear prospective and vision about the qualification of Islamic movements in employing its religious position to direct the 4. nation and activate the events. Accordingly we devote great attention upon the study of Islamic movements which comes under the title " Islamic movements in Iraq during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif - Historical study ".The thesis included preface , four chapters with introduction and conclusion. Preface was under the title of " Islamic movements - Study of the concept and modern beginning" as historical view of intellectual , social and religious real situation which helped in developing political awareness at Islamic movements in Iraq.First chapter was dealing with (( organizational structure of reformatory Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif )) which focus on beginning of these movements , their objectives , its organizational structures , principles and method that followed. The second chapter was under the title of " organizational structure of alteration Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif ". This chapter was specified for studying the beginning of alteration Islamic movements , their objectives , its organizational structures , principles and method that applied. Third chapter was under the title of " the position of Islamic movements from the procedures taken by Abdulsalam Arif "focusing upon the situation experienced by Islamic movements during the reign of previous president Abdulsalam Arif since its participation in coup of 8th February till the accusation case of Abdulsalam Arif for following sectarian approach. Chapter four was under the title of " the position of Islamic movements from national & external cases" included some topics expressed position of Islamic movements from Kurdish case and external cases till the death of Abdulsalam Arif and prosperity of Islamic movements.The thesis depended upon different group of published and unpublished documents , academic thesis , dissertations Arabic books , Arabist, foreign , manuscripts and encyclopedia which covered the period of the subject. The ultimate goal of the researcher is that she has succeeded in her task in order to regard such humble efforts useful step focusing upon an important page of Iraqi modern history.
Summary:
References:

اتحاد جامعة الدول الامريكية 1933 - 1948 : دراسة تاريخية == Pan - American Union (3311 - 3391) : A Historical Study

Author name: خالد عبد نمال حوران
Supervisor name: حسن علي سبتي الفتلاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The topic of Pan American Union (1311 - 1391) is considered as one of the most important topics in the American history in general and in the history of the United States in particular for its distinguished role in the American Unity. The American regional order appeared as an ambition and as a high example in 1181, but its transformation into an agency that represents all the republics of the western hemisphere began in 1113 when the first international conference was held for the United States in Washington, while the last stage of its development was in 1391 when the charter of the organization of the American States was signed in Bogot?. The thesis is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter dealt with the development of the idea and the function of Pan American Union until 1311. The second chapter was dedicated for the study of the United States' exploit of Pan American Union for the purpose of dominating the neighborhood. The third chapter traced the development of Pan American Union's attitudes towards the regional and the international developments during second World War (1313 - 1391). The fourth chapter focused on the development of the Union's attitudes and its regional and international attitude after second World War till1391. The study was based on various sources and arrived at some findings that can be briefed as follows : - The establishment of Pan American Union was entirely as a response to the need for facing the aggression threat from outside and search for an alternative for intervention from one side, i.e, United States of America. Although the American joint action in the western hemisphere began late in 13th century with the establishment of a commercial office for information broadcast concerning commercial exchange and customs legislation among Latin America countries conference as a result of holding the first conference in Washington (8,November 1113 - 3,April 1131) had helped the declaration of what is called the "Pan American Union "among the American States at he conclusion of the proceedings of the American conference held in Buenos Aires (18 July - 11 August 1311). - With the inauguration of Franklin Roosevelt as president of the United States of America in 1311 and announcing that he would follow a good neighbor policy and non - interference in other countries, affairs in the western hemisphere, the road was open for the transformation of a unilateral commitment of the United States of America intoa joint commitment of the United States as a whole, especially with the approach of second World War. - In July 1391, the council of ministers of foreign affairs of American States decided in a meeting in Havana considering an aggression directed from any non - American state against any American states as an aggression against all the American states. - The Pan American Union, for another time, in its conference held in Mexico in 1391 emphasized on the principle of collective security. - In 1391, the United States put their obligation of mutual assistance and consultation in case of aggression in a cultural framework under Rio treaty of mutual assistance. - The organization of American States was founded in 1391in the 3th conference in Bogot? and its exercise was affected by this framework in which it found the principles and the objectives of the organization American States
Summary:
References:

المسالة البلغارية في الدولة العثمانية 1878 - 1914 == Bulgarian Issue In The Ottoman Empire 1878 - 1914

Author name: ساهرة حسين محمود الصامري
Supervisor name: حميد احمد حمدان التميمي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The issue of the fate of the Ottoman State and its properties, which is known in the political history as the Eastern Issue, occupies an outstanding place in the European diplomacy during the Eighteenth and the Nineteenth centuries. In short, the Eastern Issue includes all the problems associated with the domestic fall of the Ottoman State, the revolutions of the peoples ruled by the Ottomans, and finally the tangled and conflicting interests of the European Countries in the Ottoman Empire. These countries also interfere in the process of the Ottoman fall. This study aims at analyzing the events that took place in Balkan Peninsula, following the results of the Russian - Ottoman War during the years 1877 - 1878. That war gave rise to the birth of the Bulgaria Principality; and then the resolutions of Berlin Conference, held in the last year, enhanced the existence of this Principality which gained its full independence from the Ottoman State in 1908. Having known the international circumstances involving this issue is not easy, especially that concerning Bulgaria, for most of the historical sources which dealt with the issues of the Balkan Peninsula or the Eastern Issue introduced a general view about what had happened to all the Balkan Countries. These sources do not profoundly study the issue of Bulgaria; and this why the researcher has done her best to come out with a comprehensive study for this issue depending upon genuine recent sources including correspondences, presenting attitudes and suggestions.Scope of the study and analysis of sources This study is divided into an introduction, five chapters, a conclusion, a set of selected appendixes, and a list of sources and references. Chapter One : It is a summarized introductory chapter intended to be as an introduction defining Bulgaria in particular to enable the reader to have a general idea about the historical and social components that help understanding the national awareness and the religious influences on it, and then the development of the political events.This chapter also studies the historical extension of the relations of the Ottoman State with Bulgaria right from the beginning in 1393 till 1878, when the Bulgarian Principality was used after the Russian - Ottoman War (1877 - 1878). Chapter Two : This chapter handles the development of the events in the Balkan Peninsula in the years preceded Berlin Conference 1878 - 1878. Though the period was more than four years, it was full of new events. During that period, several revolutions broke out in the Balkan Countries such as Bosnia and Herzegovina Revolution 1875 - 1878, the Bulgarian Independence Revolution 1876 - 1878, the Serbia and Montenegro Revolution 1876 - 1878. In addition, the independence of Greece and Romania took place in 1877 - 1878. Therefore, this historical change is worthy of studying as it has got an effect on the following Bulgarian events. Chapter Three : It deals with the Eastern Issue and Berlin Conference in 1878; it also includes the five topics handling the Major Eastern Issue, the outbreak of the Russian - Ottoman War in 1877, holding of San Stefano and Berlin Treaties, and the important results brought forth. As the five topics form the starting point for the Bulgarian issue and its causes, this chapter is made up of more researching pages than the other chapters that the researcher is unable to avoid them. Chapter Four : It studies the attitude of the Ottoman State towards the developments of the Bulgarian issue from 1879 to 1908. When the Ottoman coup d'état occurred, a period of Russian endeavor, especially in the years 1879 - 1880 to complete the mission of building the Bulgarian Principality such the issuing of the institution and the election of the prince. However, the events in Bulgaria had an effect on the problem of the increase of the general Ottoman debt to the European Banks, especially in the years 1881 - 1884. The problem of this irremediable debt was one of the reasons that exhausted the overburdening of the Ottoman State; and what made things even worse was that during the following years 1885 - 1888 the Serbian - Bulgarian War broke out. The result of that war led to join Eastern Romello to Bulgaria. The progress of the circumstances in the Balkan countries had an effect on the Bulgarian issue, the most important of which were the Greek - Ottoman War 1896 - 1897, and the role of the European countries which were not neutral in their attitudes. The European countries had their own avarice as well as their religious bias accompanying the events supported by the popular support. Chapter Five : This chapter is the conclusion in which the researcher states the interior political changes in the Ottoman Empire and in the Balkan Peninsula during the years 1908 - 1914. During that period, there were important Ottoman and European attitudes towards the issue of the Bulgarian independence in 1908. It was an important year which witnessed great changes in the Ottoman State along the subsequent years, as mentioned above. Also, there were important events during the subsequent years such as the Bulgarian attitudes towards the Macedonian issue 1908 - 1912, and then Bulgaria signed a treaty with Serbia in the last year, as well as the former's attitude towards the war which broke out in the Balkan countries during 1912 - 1913. Finally, the researcher stated the treaty of Bucharest and the Ottoman fluctuating attitude towards Bulgaria 1913 - 1914. The Ottomans did not have any clear attitude for various reasons despite the general circumstances surrounding them.
Summary:
References:

عبد القادر باش عيان الدور الاجتماعي والسياسي والثقافي في العراق 1894 - 1971 == Abdul Qadir Bash Aian Social, Political And Cultural Role In Iraq (1894 - 1971)

Author name: عبد القادر عبد الرحيم عطــوي الحسانــي
Supervisor name: انور جاسب شنته الطريف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The personal study, and CV of the difficult things, that have the researchers, because the researcher must take all aspects of this character, both private and public.It has been seen walking through the research, said Abdul Qader bash elders determined from an old family with a religious place And social, cultural, prestigious Alli Basra scale, and even categorize the scope of Iraq in general.Great role not his secret bash elders has been featured, among the well - known visual, and its impact in the community Basri, of the coming of this family, and stability in Basra as well as the emergence of the big guns Family, in many areas, including religious, social, political, and bringing these characters Elly positions of political and administrative largest in the state, and Vdilan literary side has reached Family through the emergence of figures including in this area, has emerged a lot of literature special , Especially in the historic area, particularly empty Basra ancient and modern, and this was the most prominent Almttootat (butter dates) of Sheikh Abdul Wahid bash elders, as well as (detailed history Basra Alazmi ancient and modern) of Sheikh Yassin bash elders, and Nri through it, and through the completion of Family and cultural presence library Abbasid big, old house in the family, and of the tobacco industry's own Great cultural legacy through Mathtwe of manuscripts and rare books lend categorize Basra and that cultural ascetic face and Shining. And here comes the personal Abdul Qadir bash elders, and to family affected by the document dramatically, which appeared Role through his family in a lot of fields and fundamental social, cultural, and categorize a personal which I added a lot of prestige and self - confidence. In light of the foregoing and in the display of search events that have passed by, we Pearls Mayati : - alldor Social, religious, cultural and political to the family of the bash elders, religious and cultural heritage of the family in Basra, and the emergence of personalities visual prominent family in the fields. Shall Find Personal Personal were not unusual, but the Senate was personal and not only that, But senior Senate (Bash elders), as well as the decline of a family Abbasseya, have been affected by all Internatioanl respects religious and political. - tmana Abdul Qadir bash elders features and different talents, collected between business and politics and literature And writing, which made him a dynamic personality in the work and responsibility. - tefi Categorize personality, the practical side and that receipt family business after the death of his father at the age of his youth, as well as the emergence of the literary side, the spectrum of his book, a diary in a small age. - anhaddarh In social work in Basra, both in the Pearls for joining the municipal council, Uwe Iraqi Council of Representatives or the Senate, and the emergence of the piece in his participation in the relief committees Exposure of Basra Pearls worst flood in 1946.kzlk a prominent role in the Tigers Association, and its role Prominent in the work of the Assembly and try to strengthen the work of the Assembly in favor of the optical community.The emergence of a characteristically political role at the age of forty, and through his election to the House of Representatives and then Appointed in the Iraqi Senate, Ani.vdila in 1958 for his participation, even in a little while Political parties (to insist - Union and Progress) and then the departure of then Pearls literary work.The emergence of his role in the May revolution in 1941, through the great role of the family of Al Bash elders and glory Especially in the embarrassing period in which they passed by Basra during the term of the security vacuum and the formation of the Commission on Security Procedure, and the transit of Basra those embarrassing period and the return of security and stability. Abdel Kader was bash elders, bold and frank in expressing their opinions and ideas often, Especially in the Senate, did not know the oil, it has Dahr during his speech in the House in 1947 Senate and his criticism of the government and put to a lot of questions Pearls Chief Minister and how to find solutions Her.His posts were outsourced through his membership in the Senate is the most prominent participation in participating in the Inter - Parliamentary Union conference in Cairo delegation, and to participate in its meetings, and thusAt the end of the conference the submission of the report on the Pearls of the Iraqi Senate conference.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات الدومنيكانية - الاميركية 1968 - 1900 == The Dominicans - American Relationships 1900 - 1968

Author name: لطفي جميل محمد
Supervisor name: طيبة خلف عبد الله
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Dominican Republic had a cardinal importance in the Caribbean area because of its strategic location. Since the nineteenth century, and after the (Monroe) declaration, the United States of America became a strong competent to the European powers in the Caribbean area in specific, and the western hemisphere in general.After the World War I, accompanied with the complicated international relations, the Dominican Republic was still the main focus of the USA, not because of the Dominican economics, but because of the USA anxiety that a certain European power might become itsneighbor, in more than two thousand kilometers away from USA. However, due to the dramatic changes, after World War II, and the apparition of new international powers like the Soviet Union, in addition to the communist ideology and its quest for spreading socialist principles all over the world, the competition turned into an international struggle between the two camps : the Eastern led by the USA, that competition had come be called (The Cold War).Henceforth, the Dominicans Republic a gained more American interest. The Americans feared that the Dominicans become a new (Cuba). For that fear, the USA invaded the Dominicans twice, the first was in 1916, while the second in 1965. The goals of the two invasions are not entirely different - the goal of the first invasion was to the Soviet power.The reason behind the researcher's choice of the American - Dominicans relation (1900 - 1968) is because of the assumption that the historical relationships have not been investigated in the Arab Homeland, in general, and Iraq in specific. The researches have beeninterested mostly countries like Cuba, Panama, Guatemala, and other Latin countries, as well.The dissertation consists of three chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one deals with a historical and geographical introduction to the Dominican Republic. There are hints to early relationships between the Dominicans and the United States. Moreover, the Chapter has demonstrated the serious developments encountered by the Dominican while founding the liberal independent and safe state. Chapter two has studied the beginning of the formal relationships between the two states since 1900, up to the deterioration of the relationships. Such deterioration led to the USA invasion to the Dominican Republic in 1916. It was flowed by the rise of (Trujillo)Republic and the relations with that dictator for three decades. Chapter Three has been devoted to the international developments after the Second World War, the Cold War and the influence of such developments on the relations between the two states. The relations witnessed a sort of retreat because of Trujillo's policies, interior and external, and the scheme for his assassinate Chapter also tackles the serious developments after Trujillo, which led to the second USA invasion in 1965, and the USA retreat from Dominican Republic. The study is rounded up with conclusion deduced from the research with has sources to various documents and foreign sources.
Summary:
References:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميركية تجاه تشيكوسلوفاكيا 1941 - 1948

Author name: حنان عباس خير الله السعيدي
Supervisor name: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This Study dealt with the subject "The policy of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia 1941 - 1948 ". Although Czechoslovakia had gotten the independence in 1918, but it was contained many nationalities. It had taken its lands from German to new state.It made German trying the revenge to itself indeed Czechoslovakia became the victim became the German occupied it 1939. Although the United States of America made the political isolation between the two world wars but the policy was changed for many reasons and was resulted through many situations imposed on political United State direction to take the positions of number of crises that the world is witnessed and determined the European continent , as it had taken the position of some of the issues by adopting global peace process. The subject of the policy of the United State of America towards Czechoslovakia considered as historical issue about people that they situated under the control of German. In addition , the geographical location to Czechoslovakia in center of Europe , it represented the point connection with western Europe , all of these points , it left affects on the political of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia through American treatment with after the political Czechoslovakia with west and east in order to bridge between them. The Start of the subject 1941 because it involved the entranced United State of America to the word war and the year involved the started resistance in Czechoslovakia in order to American recognize about the government them in outside that it formed in London 1941 after the Soviet recognize and British 1941. The thesis stopped in 1948 because it was the year involved the control of the communisms on the order in Czechoslovakia , which on its impact Czechoslovakia joined the socialist bloc and become part of the communist camp. The formwork of the dissertation consisted of introduction , four chapters , conclusion and indexes. The chapter one concentrated on " The political of the United States of America towards Czechoslovakia 1918 - 1941 ". Chapter Two explained the situation of United States of America towards the republic of Czechoslovakia 1918 - 1920 , in addition to attentions between two countries and the political of United States of America towards Czechoslovakia during the development of the country during between two wars , that period was characterized by frequent civil war and international crises resulting from the expansionist ambitions espoused by the German leader Hitler about that continent , the Czechoslovakia crisis of the most prominent of these crises , also attitude on the United States of America position on the German occupation of Czechoslovakia in 1939 , and the outbreak of the second world war and its impact on United States of America policy toward Czechoslovakia. The chapter two involved " The entrance of United States of America the war and the effect of the political towards Czechoslovakia 1941 - 1944 " In 1941, the policy of United States of America entered to new level represented the effects ( Eduared Benes ) the president of the government Czechoslovakia in the exile for sake the recognition from United States in addition the highlight upon the America situation towards agreement Soviet - Czechoslovakia 1943 , It was addressed to Czechoslovakia proposal for the signing of an international treaty , including the nature of the international situation , and the statement of the position of the Slovak uprising in year 1944. Chapter three involved " The political American towards Czechoslovakia year 1945 ". This chapter explained the United States of America and the situation in Czechoslovakia , also The political American towards Czechoslovakia in light of trends Soviet , it was the highlight of the American interest in the process of transfer of the Sudeten German from Czechoslovakia. Chapter four was addressed the political of United States of America towards the inner developments in Czechoslovakia 1946 - 1948. This chapter studied important developments of inner political and foreign to Czechoslovakia and it concentrated upon the attitude of United States of America towards those the developments particularly after elections year 1946. In addition to studied the project Marshal 1947 and political crisis that happened in Czechoslovakia year 1947 and attitude of United States of America , and attempted to stand the communists and prevent them from control of the government , as well as attitude the United States of America on the communist coup in 1948. The conclusion explained the important results that it arrived the research about the political of United States of America revealed towards Czechoslovakia that it showed the strong political from United States of America before second world war which it affected on the all events in Europe , especially after the British inability from the deterrence of German expansion. The United States of America delayed the recognition of the Czechoslovakia government even entered world war II is undoubtedly a clear indication that he was not specific to the United State of America policy towards Czechoslovakia. But that became apparent after the second world war the United States of America began landmarks determine the orientation towards the strengthening and expansion of political , security and economic alliances that bind the United States of America with the other parties , in allowing it to maintain its influence on the superior, and the inclusion of any global role or European secluded about the American role in the future
Summary:
References:

موقف الحوزة العلمية في النجف الاشرف من القضية الفلسطينية 1973 - 1948 == The Attitued Of Hawza Ilmiyya In Najaf Regarding The Palstiniane Case 1948 - 1973

Author name: ابتهال فرحان خلیفة سالم
Supervisor name: فرات عبد الحسن كاظم الحجاج
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Hawza ‘Ilmiyya(1) in Iraq (Najaf) was never a mere scientific religious institution to teach and receive religious sciences. Instead, its affect indeed reached different fields and included expressing official stances of any incident inside and outside Iraq with concern with the religion and creed.In addition to the clear role of scholars' acts and preaches in touch with various events in the Islamic nation and Arabic countries. When the Jews started to flow to Palestine in the first decade of the twentieth century, the religiousclerics and scientific students of Hawza declared their firm stance in solidarity with the Islamic Nation to stand opponent to that dangerous scheme. This stance extended to the present time. Thus, the researcher focused her attention to examine this issue to discover the nature of this stance from the viewpoint of Hawza, its students, and Najaf which resembles an incubator for that stance, and in addition to the fact that this issue is not negotiated before. The researcher started her study from 1948 which is the year to announce the Israeli state as recognized by the United Nations, passing through all events and combats happened between Arabs and Israel. The study ends at 1973 which is the year that witnessed the fourth Arab - Israel war. The researcher has suffered from the scarcity of sources and documents and that was possibly due to the lack of documentation of events, as well as damage caused to some of what has passed through the country during the events of (Sa'aban popular uprising) in 1991. Perhaps it is due to the existence of neglect by the previous authorities in order to prevent highlight the face of the Arab national Najaf.1 it is a seminary where Shi'a Muslim clerics are trained.The current thesis consists of an introduction, four chapters, and a conclusion. The first chapter is dedicated to deal with the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause (1920 - 1947). This chapter includes four sections; the first of which is dedicated show the concept of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya and its major studying stages, as well as the importance of each stage of which. Also, this section shows the history of the emergence of the Hawza in Najaf and the history of the most prominent scientists in that period, inaddition to their political and religious attitudes towards the Palestinian cause.The second of which is dedicated to deal with the stance against the Zionist settlement and the other Palestinian revolutions (1920 - 1936). This section also examines the political stances of religious scholars against the Zionist settlement, starting from the major Palestinian revolution and the reasons of occurrence, as well as Al - Buraq Revolution. Finally, the fourth section deals with Hawza’s efforts against the Anglo - American Committee’s scheme (1945 - 1947).Despite the preoccupation of Iraq and Hawza'Ilmiyyahin Najaf with World War II and the negative impacts on the internal and external situation of Iraq, but it has not deterred from continuing the efforts of scientists in Najaf towards the Palestinian cause (1945 - 1947) as scientists declared their firm stancesregarding the Palestinian cause, especially after their opposition to the Zionist project.As for the Second chapter, it is entitled “The Stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya in Najaf regarding the Palestinian Cause, since the Partition Resolution till the triple aggression (1947 - 1956). This chapter consists of three sections. The first section points out how the partition resolution was referred to the UN Authority and what it implied and how it has been applied to the land of Palestine. In addition, this section scopes the lights on the rejecting political and religious attitudes, including those of Hawza, poets, students, as well asthe press and associations role, particularly in Najaf, expressed in forms of condemnation, protests, and demonstrations. This section also reveals the causes and consequences of the outbreak of Arab - Israeli war, as well as the most prominent political and religious stances during that 1948 war, the war that witnessed a unique support of religious scholars in Najaf. The third section reveals the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause between the first and the triple aggression against Egypt (1949 - 1956). Thissection also explains the reasons for the defeat of the Arab armies during the first Arab - Israeli war years (1948 - 1956) as well as showing the stances of all religious scholars in Najaf, where they organized the collection of voluntary financial contributions, particularly from Kufa and Najaf, as supervised by a number of religious officials in Najaf and working on send such contributions to their brothers in Palestine. Additionally, the religious scholars in Najaf also urged all people to take caution and work to provide support to the Palestinians and support their fellow fighters there. Scientists continued to support the Palestinian cause and urged peoples for the promoting of holy war to save the Arabic Palestine.The third chapter of the thesis deals with the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya regarding the Palestinian cause between the two wars of 1956 and 1967. This chapter is made of three sections; the first section is dedicated to explain and detail the reasons of the triple aggression against Egypt and the different consequent political and religious situations, as Hawza in Najaf expressed its attitude clearly and strictly concerning the triple aggression, and also by sending letters and telegrams to kings and presidents in the world requesting to express a clear and firm stance toward Egypt and the work required to stop that aggression. The second section deals with the scientific community and its stance regarding the Palestinian cause (1958 - 1963). This section summarizes the history of the emergence of the scientific community and the most prominent founders. It also highlights the sharp and firm stances of the scientific community towards the Palestinian cause, as well as the work on the dissemination of data for the Palestinian people, demanding the UN to find solutions for Palestinian Arab people and their case with Israel. All such stances were being published in Adhwaa2 Magazine being the formal tongue of the community. Then, the third section reveals the role of media and pressin Najaf in supporting the Palestinian cause. That role cannot be ignored as it supported the Palestinian cause since ancient times until the present time. It was mainly a result influenced by the fatwas of religious scholars in Najaf on the one hand and their sense of responsibility towards the Arab issues, particularly the Palestinian cause, on the other hand. Among Najaf's newspapers and magazines supporting this issue were Al - Gheri Magazine (Najaf), Islamic Justice Journal (Najaf), and Eman3 Magazine as theyindicated the firm stances of Hawza 'Ilmiyya regarding the setback of June and till the War of October (1967 - 1973).The fourth chapter carries three sections. The first of which scopes the light on the setback of June and the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya on regard (1967 - 1968. It highlights the said setback, its causes, and impact on Palestinian people, in addition to the stances of Najaf's Hawz 'Ilmiyya regarding the setback. That setback raised discontent of a number of scholars in Najaf, led by SayyidMuhsin Al - Hakim, who denounced that setback in 1967 through his sermons and fatwas thereon at the time.The second section is dedicatedextrapolate the opinions and Fatwas4concerning Feda'I5 acts (1967 - 1968) as 2 In Arabic means "Lights". 3 In Arabic means "Faith".4 Advisory opinion showing official and religious stances. all opinions were supportive to such acts. Scientists started to urge people collectively to participate in Feda'I acts that were seen sacred and honorable to of the case of Palestinian people as stated in a number of sermons and fatwas. Then comes the third section dedicated to view the opinions and attitudes of religious clerics regarding the events of burning Al - Aqsa Mosque on 1969. This section shows the value of Al - Aqsa Mosque and the reasons to burn it. That was a horrible crime protested by all clerics and scientists in terms of their sermons, fatwas, and demonstrations. The last fourth section deals with the escalation of the Arab - Israeli conflict and the stance of Hawza ‘Ilmiyya on regard (1970 - 1973). As attitudes of religious scholars continued to advocate for the Palestinian cause with all its potentials and capabilities, in addition to work to resist the Israeli aggression in the war in October 1973 and stating the reasons, results, and impacts of that war. As a conclusion, the researcher comes with a number of results afterpassing through the thesis. The researcher adopted during the preparation of thesis a number of documents saved and published by official institutions and foundations, particularly the Foundation of Sheikh Mohammed Hussein Kashif Al - Gita' as well as the Library of SayyidMuhsin Al - Hakim published on a CD. Among the most prominent documentary books adopted by the researcher is the documentary book published in 1973 by the Scientific Community, entitled (religious scholars call Muslims to jihad for the sake ofAllah) which really enriches the current thesis with valuable information in a scientific and discreet manner. In addition, a number of Arabic books are adopted within the course of the thesis. Among them is the book (Ideal values of Islam) for Sheikh Mohammed Hussein Kashif Al - Gita' who lived during the time of the early stages of the Palestinian cause and wrote many works 5 The acts in which a person sacrifices himself in order to cause casualties and damages to the enemy.within this field, as well as the book entitled (The Shiite Marjiyya and the Palestinian cause) by author Mohammed Abdul - Jaleel, Book (Islam and the Palestinian Cause) by Kadhem Al - Budairy. The current thesis also benefits of other sources likethe book entitled ( Iraqi Sorrows Encyclopedia) by Hussein Lateef Al - Zubaidy, in addition to (Iraq, the Communists, Baathists, and Liberal Officers) written by Hana Patato considered a valuable source to enrich the thesis from the political side. An important and significant role wasthe role of published and unpublished theses being significant sources for information on the Palestinian cause and the stances of Hawza. Among them is the MA thesis prepared by Dr. Muqdam Abdul - Hasan Al - Fayadh entitled (Political History of Najaf 1941 - 1958), and the MA thesis prepared by Mohammed Jawad Jasim Al - Jazairy entitled (Social History of Al - Najaf Holy city 1968 - 1979). Another component of sources to be referred to is magazines and journal. Press of Baghdad had a great benefit in providing facts and information for the period of this thesis discussion. Among them is (Flagof Independence), (Voice of Liberals), as well as some significant press publications in Najaf like (Al - Gheri), (Al - Bayan), (Islamic Justice), (Evidence), (Al - Najaf Magazine).These journals and magazine enrich the thesis with valuable information on various topics, especially or concern, the Palestinian cause.As a final statement of the researcher, it is worth mentioning that this work is modest and humble. Should it be successful, it is the divine support by Allah. Thanks and blessings be upon Allah.
Summary:
References:

عجمي السعدون ودوره في تاريخ العراق (1911 - 1918) == Ajami Saadoun And Its Role In The History Of Iraq (1911 - 1918)

Author name: نور حسن خلف العتابي
Supervisor name: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This Thesis examined the role of Ajami Saadoun between the years (1911 - 1918), one of the elders Sadoun known in the history of Iraq, which played an important role during the First World War in the lineup, along with the Ottomans against the British actress of Iraq. This Thesis included the introduction and pave three chapters and a conclusion ,eating boot About the situation in the emirate Muntafiq during the period(1892 - 1911), butfor the first quarter has Ajami Saadoun personal eating and social configuration, and the events of the grapes in his father's time, which was divided into three sections, dealing with first research personal Ajami Saadoun and up bringing, while touched second part to the events that the grapes Ajami in his father's time, and the third on Ajami conflict with the tribes during the period (1911 - 1914m), Chapter II has touched, to the conflict between Ajami Saadoun called Captain during the period (1912 - 1914m),has included three sections, the first section dealt with the causes of conflict between Ajami and student and threats Ajami of the city of Basra, eat second topic position of the Ottoman Empire from the conflict between the Ajami and students, and the third on the end of the conflict between the parties, and to ensure the third quarter position Ajami Saadoun of political events in Iraq during the period (1914 - 1918 ), a component of the three sections, the first section singled Ajami role in resisting the British occupation of Basra in the period (1914 - 1915m), while the second section has explained the British efforts to win over to its side Ajami Saadoun, with regard to the third research has focused on the continuation of Ajami to fight against the British between the years (1916 - 1918), also included the conclusion of the mission and the role of personal Ajami Saadoun in the last years of Ottoman rule, in addition to a range of important sources of search results
Summary:
References:

قطر في عهد الامير خليفة بن حمد ال ثاني (1972 - 1995) : دراسة في التطورات الداخلية == Qatar During The Reign Of Prince Khalifa Bin Hamad Al Thani (1972 - 1995) Study In Internal Developments

Author name: حياة فرحان عبد كعيد
Supervisor name: حياة فرحان عبد كعيد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis deals with the era in Qatar Khalifa bin Hamad Al Thani, 1972 - 1995 m in the study of domestic politics. Taken a study of 1972 the beginning of a time frame during the reign of Khalifa bin Hamad Al Thani, who is his reign beginning of a new phase in the history of Qatar, where Qatar has witnessed during his remarkable development, considering that Qatar modern state independence and the fact that significant shift, which is in a lot of scales within the political system of this country. Formed this letter of introduction and four chapters and an epilogue, chapter dealt with the first internal developments in the State of Qatar (1949 - 1972m), has included this chapter two sections, section dealt the first economic changes, administrative, social and Interior during the period (1949 - 1971m), while the second section has dealt Qatar and the independence of the Corrective Movement (1970 - 1972m), the second chapter highlighted the constitutional developments in Qatar (1972 - 1995m), this chapter has included three sections, the first section dealt with the legislative branch, and the second section dealt with the executive branch, while the third section has He said the judiciary, while devoted Chapter III to study the economic developments in Qatar (1972 - 1995m) through two sections section dealt the first oil and gas and their impact internal diameter, while the second section has dealt with the growth of industry, commerce and agriculture, while the fourth chapter was devoted to follow up developments social development in Qatar (1972 - 1995 m), which included three sections the first section included cultural progress (Education), and the second topic dealt with social services, while the third section examined the impact of foreign workers on the Qatari society. Has adopted this message on many of the important sources of n and after the study to the State of Qatar during this period reached several conclusions, the most important of the discovery of oil and the yield of the material, which is the main factor in the renaissance of Qatar and the recovery of the Qatari economy and the development of vital facilities, making Qatar the center of competing international by States Other.
Summary:
References:

موقف الامام الخميني من العلاقات الايرانية - الاسرائيلية والقضية الفلسطينية 1962 - 1982

Author name: ضحى سليم حسين ياسين التميمي
Supervisor name: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Imam Khomeini's political movement began in 1962 and with its launch. Which faced the shah Mohammad Re 20 Pahlavi and his interior arbitrary policy and its relations with Israel and clear in letters of Imam Khomeini which he critici2ed the shah and its relations with Israel and expose the schemes shah towards Islam and issues the task. Including the Palestinian and issues. Which was. Present at every opportunity. Even after victory of the Islamic farina revolution in 1979. Composed the letter of introduction and preface, three chapters and conclusion to ensure the boot historical overview of the positions of the positions of farina clerics toward the freely - Iranian relation and Palestinian cause from 1937 - to 1962. Studied in the First chapter of Imam Khomeini's position through his speeches for Israeli - farina relations and the Palestinian cause from 1973 I discussed in the second chapter Imam Khomeini's speeches between October war in 1973 and the camp - avid Accords in 1978. Khomeini has called for support of his speeches across the Arab states in its war against Israel and to refrain from holding any peace treaty with Israel.And we have dedicated to the separation of the third chapter to study the effect of the success of the Islamic revolution in Iran in 1979 on the Palestinian issue and relations with Israel and clear in this chapter Imam Khomeini's position on the signing of the comb - David Accords between Egypt and Israel in march 26 of the same ear and the proclamation of Jerusalem as the world day to support the Palestinian cause and made it clear the Khomeini's position of the Israel invasion of Lebanon in 1982 and directed by the Palestinian resistance from Lebanon.Conclusion included the overall finding of the researcher through the information's in my letter
Summary:
References:

قيام صلاة الجمعة في العراق في عهد المرجع الديني محمد محمد صادق الصدر 1997 - 1999م : دراسة تاريخية

Author name: عبد النبي جاسم بتور الحلفي
Supervisor name: عماد مكلف عسل البدران
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This study attempts to shed light on Friday prayer in the era of the religious authority of Mohammed Mohammed Sadeq al - Sadr (1997 - 1999), searching the reasons of this prayer and how Mr. Muhammad al - Sadr addressed the Friday Fatwa and the events surrounding this prayer and actions taken by the authority to address this prayer, and their effects on Iraqi society.Iraq has summoned the conditions to lead the reform of religious scholars who broke the deadlock Alhuzoi stream and transgressed the limits of the pious exaggerated and enjoyed the ability to employ modern and contemporary ideas and devise solutions jurisprudence.Here, this reform embodies the emergence of the modern renaissance revolutionary line starting renaissance. First Martyr Mohammed Baqir al - Sadr, who founded to reject the injustice of power and urgency to reform society and Revolution for the creation of a generation that believes the message of heaven and justice of God and met this direction great strength dictatorship of the policy of Saddam Hussein's regime who took over the power 1979. This new challenge put the estate and scientists on the road to irreversible. The leadership of the nation overcomed the downturn hit and it goes away from the values of Islam and the submissiveness and undergo policy authority gagged the mouths and constrained freedoms and plunged believers in prison and began executions, especially after the execution of Mr. Mohammed Baqir al - Sadr in 1980. However the estate did not turn inward, but was an incubator for reformers despite the presence of another line only Anicol Bmhadna power but continue to pious approach because of the strength of power and tyranny, but the appearance of a person reference Mohammed Mohammed Sadeq al - Sadr may point to the beginning of a new phase. the tool and device of this new phase wastransformative prayer that Friday obligatory broken with the Shiites in Iraq, and the bilateral walked two parallel tracks and cleared the revival of this obligatory reference and leadership that brought enhance and strengthen the role of the estate in the community through the Friday platform.The actors in this project, was selected in 1997, the beginning of a research topic in order to establish the first prayer in this year, and was named the 1999 end of the research, because it was the year in which the reference Mohammed al - Sadr died and ended with his death Friday prayers in Kufa mosque and stayed in some provinces began several uprisings. The reaction against the authority, which is another stage of the contemporary history of Iraq, where totally ended any bond between the people and the power Baathist spacing between them has increased people became in hand and power in the other hand, putting the nation on the road to claim the application of social justice and striving to get rid of repression Saddam and the establishment of a new system of access to the application of the provisions of Islamic Sharia, and become fans consider the conflict with Saddam Hussein, the United States as a conflict between the oppressor and women and as a result people with him did not stand in this conflict, precipitating downfall in 2003.
Summary:
References:

نشاط الحزب الشيوعي في جنوب العراق 1935 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية == The Communist Party In Southern Iraq 1935 - 1858 (Basra , Almentefiq And Al - Emara) (Historical Study)

Author name: صباح جايد جاسم عرمان الوائلي
Supervisor name: اميرة رشك لعيبي الزبيدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Characterized by political parties in Iraq for the period of 1935 - 1958 in their positions in terms of the impact of her political events, including the rebel tribes movement coup Bakr Sidqi and movement of Higher Rashid al - Kilani and labor strikes and peasant in southern Iraq and the views of its leaders and the position of party newspapers including, for Mleetmta history of modern and contemporary of the multiplicity of Iraq political and intellectual trends that have emerged in Iraq, which expressed itself as political parties continued to practice political activity and took the bug themselves intellectual awareness in the leadership of the masses in order to struggle as part of a national movement.The study of any of the Communist Party in Iraq and unreliable biography by his leadership or in the formation of the first seed but depends on the precise description of any Tater environment on the party and how the internal system of the party agreement and objectives with the environment in which he appeared in the Communist Party came one as one of the political parties in Iraq witnessed by the history of modern Iraq, the Communist Party has been counted as one of the effective Iraqi parties and had an influential role in the Iraqi arena and in particular he carries the banner for the defense of the working class Aomaytaleg in the literature of the toilers Awalbroolttiaraa, but this Flajb Vantoy under his banner and led at the beginning of the founding of Aad cells of sons including those working classes of workers and peasants, as well as Aln was the Communist Party's positions on national and regional issues 0Highlighted messege light on the subject for this message of what is owned by the party from the date of Tzal and the multiplicity of its activities being did not address the domestic side, and the most prominent books by the Communists, who Ngado a lot of negatives or from opponents who Tamdo criticism and abuse of the party right and the right answer for many of these questions can be found in the message. Subject of the message of the Communist Party in South presentation Aq (1935 - 1958) as a subject not taught study a local previously and how formed cells in Basra, southern Iraq and Almentvk and architecture and how it reaches Yusuf Salman Yusuf Fahd of establishing Guy brigades cells South and work on linking South cells cells Baghdad during Phase Iraq, which witnessed the great political events overthrow of the monarchy in Iraq and the establishment of a republican system and the Communist Party in southern Iraq, where the leading and effective role and can not blur the features of those events.Included a letter introduction and a conclusion and Dahrt fraught with four chapters The first chapter discusses the crystallization of socialist thought and Platform for Action by building cells in the south with belonging to the party, configure socialist cells in Baghdad and stage founding socialist cells in Basra and the formation of socialist cells in Almentvk and composition of the Socialist cells in the brigade architecture.Highlighted the second chapter highlights the new phase of the history of the founding of the Communist Party in the south of Iraq in Basra and Almentvk architecture political Early and intellectual activity in which Yusuf Salman Yusuf Fahd took the active role of the Communist Party in Antgadh Suq in the brigade Almentvk in 1935 causes and events, results and position of the Communist Party in the south of the Bakr Sidqi coup and the formation of the Ministry Hikmat Sulayman and result Zguet Yusuf Salman Yusuf and prosecuted by the authorities Aztr travel to Moscow for the purpose of study and variability response Communist Party did in the south of the May movement in 1941 and the difficulty in that stage of not less difficult than its predecessor through exposure Party Communist in the south to the prosecution governing authority in the south and the arrest of the party's leadership and incarcerations Then came the defections numerous ranks phase which alone by Abdullah Masoud Quraini as well as deprivation of citizenship of the most prominent leaders and despite the lack of vacation to work public so exercised by the Communist Party of covert action names Different is no secret that the period which saw its leaders leading to arrest and foot on the execution of a number of them at the beginning of February 1949, which hit Mae Communist Party in the south, although the Communist Party took the leadership in the south but they were not to have the capacity TC to face the governing authority which resorted power to the closing of many of them and thrown them in jail and try to rein in the party and minimize his role in those positions which for in backing by the member states Alcolmntron communist parties, which was held in 1954, and was the most prominent guests of the Iraqi Communist Party.The third chapter dealt with strikes and uprisings unions and peasant in the south was for labor strikes in the District of Basra, an important role in 1951 and strike the Basra oil company workers in 1952 and the uprising of the Frreis 1951 in the District of Alaamarh and the position of the Communist Party in the south of them, and it was the role of the Communist Party, which in the uprising The Zerg in 1953 and shows the extent of the role of the Communist Party, which in spite of the pressures and prosecutions and Alaatqa lattes by the authority, which protect against the sails of the party in the South to expand its activities.The fourth chapter has focused on the study of Alhzbmn political, economic and social issues, the position has included the first part, the Baghdad Pact in 1955 and the position of rejecting his party and the uprising in favor of tripartite aggression against Egypt in October 1956, and the form of the party with the strength other national alliance establishment Jebbeh National to contest the parliamentary elections and several The Communist Party in the south alignment nationally by the National Union Front to face the governing authority in Iraq Aamta and south as especially either economically deteriorate agrarian reform and oil policy monopoly law in Iraq and the deterioration of industry and labor migration from the countryside to the city and the position of the party, including the Lama of social issues in terms of the division of society the layers and the deterioration of education and the deteriorating health situation which led to the outbreak of diseases in Iraq
Summary:
References:

موقف الاتحاد السوفيتي من الحرب الاهلية الصينية 1944 - 1950 == The Soviet Unions Stance On Chinese Civil War 1944 - 1950

Author name: عائدة سامي محمد الهاشم
Supervisor name: حيدر عبد الرضا حسن التميمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: In the aft ermath of the second world war ( 1939 - 1945 - , the wolrd witnessed , particularly in south East Asia , a competition between the Soviet Union and the United states of exercise domination in that area. the government of Moscow however , played an important role on the international area in the aftermath the cold war ( 1945 - 1991 ). This has resulted in changing the maps of so. many superpowers mainly the Republic of China the Soviet Union showed a special concern and due to do many reasons , To embrace this concern , the thesis has come under the title : The Soviet Union's Stance or Chinese Civil War 1944 - 1950.The plan of the thesis dictates that the division is made on the historical sequence of the events of the civic War. The thesis consists of an introduction , tower chapters and a conclusion.Chapter One offers a historical background about the internal political developments in China and their impact on the relations with the Soviet Union. Events in China were traced eversince the 1911 Revolution , and the rise of the revolutionary tendency among the Chinese youths. The most significant results in this respect was the launching of the Chine's Communist party.Moscow , as a result established strong relations with the powerful parnties in Chine. After the death of the founder of the party , aspects of the civil war between the two parties. Significantly , the Soviet policy witnessed a clear change , in the Soviet policy.Chapter Two addresses itself to the task of dealing the Soviet diplomacy and the Chines Civil War 1944 - 1946. The chapter isdivided into two sections , the first tackles the position of the Soviet union on the American attempts to prevent the outbreak of the Chinese civil War , while the second deals with the policy the Soviet union towards the conflict or the rift between the Chinese National and the Communist parties 1945 - 1946.The Soviet union's position on the balance of powers in the interests of the Communists is the topic of Chapter Three , from December 1947 to February 1949. The Chapter includes three sections ranging from the Soviet attitude towards the Chinese Communist Party to the resut of the discussions between those concerned.Chapter Four deals with Moscow's position on victories achieved by the Chinese communists party at the final stages of the Chinese Civil War , and the declaration that the Republic of China was established.The chapter , correspond fly , includes three sections ; the last of which is concerned with the Soviet recognition of the people's Republic of China along with the Soviet China alliance in 1950.
Summary:
References:

الاحزاب والتنظيمات السياسية في الصومال (1943 - 1969) == Political Organizations And Parties In Somalia (1943 - 1969)

Author name: انعام عبد العظيم شاهين
Supervisor name: عمار فاضل حمزة عباس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تناولت هذه الدراسة الاحزاب والتنظيمات السياسية في الصومال، والظروف التي مهدت لنشاة الاحزاب والمتمثلة بالنظام القبلي الصومالي والتغلغل الاستعماري وما خلف من التفرقة والتقسيم بين القبائل الصومالية والذي ادى الى ظهور الحركات الوطنية المسلحة ولاسيما ثورة الدر | This study deals with the Political organizations and Parties in Somalia and the Conditions that lead to the establishment of the parties exemplified by the Somalian tribal system and the colonial penetration which consequently led to the separation and division of the Somalian tribes. This led to the appearance of armed national movements especially AL Daraweesh revolution lead by Muhammad Abdullah Bin Hasan. this affected in the appearance of the first political orqanizations and parties in regional , tribal and national Somalia especially the Samalian Youth Unian Party which played avital role in Somalian politics from the second World War and the period of Italian wardship up to 1960 and the caming of the general Siad Bari who led the military coup and ended the multiple party experience and entered the party in to the singular party sestem. The thesis includes an interoduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the conditions of Somalia before the appearance of the political organizations and parties in Somalia.It is divided into three sections. The first section dealt with the location and its importance to Somalia ؛ and the tribe and its roles. The secand section , on the other hand , tackles the colonial penetration an Somalia and its division of the country into five parts and the consequent conditions. The therd section focused on the national armed movements especially the revolusian dervishes led by Mujahid Mohammed Abdullah Hassan and the emergence of the first political organizations. the second chapter touched, to political parties and organizations in the period (1943 - 1950) has included three sections, dealing with the first part, political parties and organizations nationalism, eat second topic parties and regional political organizations tribal, and the third on the position of political parties and organizations of the Somali issue during the period (1945 - 1950) and the arrival of the international jury, and included the third quarter of Somalia under Italian trusteeship and even independence (1950 - 1960), a consists of three sections, singled out the first part, the Italian trusteeship Somalia and the formation of the Advisory Board and regional councils and the formation of the first Ministry of Somali, while the second section Vochts political parties and organizations that have emerged in the Italian trusteeship period is also a nationalist and tribal regional parties with respect to the third section the position of political parties and organizations of Education, language and economic issues, while the fourth chapter has touched on the position of the parties of the political developments in Somalia during the civil rule (1960 - 1969), which also consists of three Investigation, singled out the first section of independence and the problems faced by the nascent state, while the second section dealt with the position of the parties political in that period of the Somalia National issues (lost territories) the third section Vochts conflicts political leaders to power and the end of the multi - party coup led by Major General Mohamed Siad Barre, as contained Conclusion on the important results of the parties and political organizations in Somalia and how to end these parties a military coup in 1969 which abolished all.
Summary:
References:

التطورات السياسية الداخلية للولايات المتحدة الامريكية في عهد الرئيس توماس جيفرسون (1801 ـ 1809) == The Internal Political Developments Of The United States Of America In The Period Of Thomas Jefferson (1801 - 1809)

Author name: محمود عبد المحسن ناصر العلي
Supervisor name: خولة طالب لفتة الحميداوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: first decade of the nineteenth century holds with it an important stage from the date of the United States of the internal political, During that period had not been passed on the establishment of the U.S. government as the Government of the Constitution ofـ legislative, executive and judicial ـ more than eleven years announcement of the U.S. Constitution 1789 until the beginning of the nineteenth century, but had not on the nation U.S. an independent state of a sovereign their mandates of the three ten more than seventeen. of Day announcement of Independence U.S. from Britain in 1783 until the beginning of the following century. The present study to shed light on an important stage of the life of Thomas Jefferson political and at the level of domestic politics represented in the duration of his position as the third U.S. president in 1801 and even the end of the second term in 1809 after that took consecutive, lies the importance of this period in it is the first time dominated in which the Republican Party Democratic on the legislative and of Congress and executive of the presidency, after that was However, Unionist Party, while the judicial authority has remained in the possession of the party last. It is obvious is also known to all that the different views of the parties opposing reflected on the nature of the work of those parties, so felt researcher that addresses in his reasons for that the dispute from the beginning through the included within the introductory chapter. It is during that details emerge last, what are the measures to the new government of Republican Party Democratic and President Thomas Jefferson, through all this period? This question will be the entire cited study of the details, it has sought to the new president to several measures to mention of them First : to reconcile the parties as much as possible, Second : to achieve his dreams to expand towards the territory Bank by buying new territory, Third : to reconcile the legislative and executive and the one hand and the judicial authority of the other hand. Is it will succeed President Thomas Jefferson in his quest? in spite of that the United States U.S. has become a country with the Constitution of the Government of return to the year 1781, the internal political developments witnessed by the through eight years the first of the nineteenth century( 1801 1809), can be by the concept of( evolution' s New to the United States U.S.), in order to the outcome of him the state of many changes, including its powers of the three( legislative, the Executive, the judicial). On the other hand U.S. President Thomas Jefferson, who took the state presidency during this period, score was the most prominent in the nature of these developments, although he a series of government positions internal and external, its role as had a big impact to change the many of the internal policies
Summary:
References:

بريطانيا وايرلندا الحرة : دراسة في العلاقات السياسية 1939 - 1945 == Britain And Free Ireland A Study In Political Relations 1939 - 1945

Author name: يوسف طه حسين القريشي
Supervisor name: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This dissertation aims at making the Arabs and researchers realize the major aspects of the British - Irish relations in most dangerous period, the Second World War. This study follows up the reasons behind the Irish state refusing of the British demands of the military facilities, especially the using of the Irish ports as well. Moreover, the study discusses the nature of political relations between Britain and Ireland during the Second World War and its effects on war.The study begin in 1939,because it is the year that witnessed the outbreak of the Second World War and at end in 1945 in which Hitler’s defeating in Europe. The study falls into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. In the first chapter the researcher sheds light on historical background of the British - Irish relations. This chapter focuses on the British occupation of Ireland from early time and the political developments of the relations between Britain and Ireland since the Irish independence up to September 1939.In the second chapter the researcher studies the British - Irish relations from the outbreak of the Second World War up to 1941.The researcher focuses on the Irish attitude towards the military developments of war since early time up to U.S.A. declaration of war against the Aix powers, the British efforts to get the military facilities from Ireland, and follows up the reasons behind the Irish state to refuse the British demands.The chapter three devoted to discuss the international developments and its results on the British - Irish relations from 1942 up to 1943.The researcher focuses on the U.S.A. efforts to improve the British - Irish relations, the Irish reactions on the landing of the American troops on the north Ireland, and the Irish resistance of the Allied demands of the putting up the propaganda and spy of the Aix powers in Ireland. Finally, this chapter deals with the Welch’s visiting to London and its effects on the British - Irish relations. The last chapter devotes to deal with the continuance of the British demands from 1943 up to 1945.The researcher tries to discuss the Irish resistance of the British demands on dismissing of the Aix diplomats from Ireland, the Irish attitude towards the last developments of war, the British demands not to grant asylum to war criminals of the Aix powers, and its demands to hand over the German detainees in Ireland.As for the conclusion, it is as a summary of the most important results that the researcher arrived it
Summary:
References:

الثورة المكسيكية 1910 - 1940 : دراسة تاريخية == The Mexican Revolution 1910 - 1940 Historical Study

Author name: عقيل جعيز شمخي السهلاني
Supervisor name: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Did not receive historical and political issues for countries the Americas interest academic studies in Iraq, except for the study of the history of the United States and positions on many issues around the world, to the United States from a broad relationships global position as a major country, so it remained date the Americas states unknown is not addressed to him only through the study of European history since the start of the geographical statements, because of the political weight of Europe in that era, and the strength of the ruling European households able to roots date manufactured in the Americas, and stuck to the lead in writing and drafted in accordance with the historical and the European political perspective. Given the changing political situation in the Americas as a result of the liberation movements of European colonialism, especially after the American War of Independence in 1776, linked the peoples of the Americas Association of law, citizenship and belonging and state sovereignty in a new way. This has resulted in all the new events and new variables from which emerged the new date as part independently of European history, and it became necessary to study the history completely independent way from what it was before independence. It is fitting that academic studies trending in Iraq toward areas and historical issues that has not received sufficient attention commensurate historical value new perspective, emphasizes the study of circumstances and experiences of these countries and the size of the similarity between them and the Arab states in the tragedy of division and retail inherited Arab and American countries of European colonization, including where Iraq. Before that democracy achieved in many American states, had to pass through several stages of the struggle, succeeded in some of them, and failed in others, but the struggle for democracy has never abated, it has witnessed the Americas in the early twentieth century revolutions several In order to achieve democracy was the most important subject of the study of the Mexican Revolution. The importance of this revolution back to several reasons, not necessarily called for the study was the most important. Historical extension of the revolution, because the revolution was the outcome of political and social developments and serious economic passed out of Mexico since the Spanish occupation in 1519 have until the fall of dictatorship under Broferrio Diaz in 1910 at the hands of Francisco Madero. That era that changed the moral concepts of the social level, and made Mexico ample vast American intervention at the political level, a cheap commodity and foreign investment in the market at the economic level. The Revolution the lead in advocating the values of socialism worldwide and the first missionary out, as it was the first revolution in the twentieth century has inspired a lot of American States freedom and independence, thus this would be a major historical turning point towards global socialism that has taken root quite the Bolshevik revolution in Russia and its ideology of Marxism in 1917, but the revolution in Mexico has not received as much attention is given to the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. The reason for this is the different ideological visions between the two revolutions, and the export of socialist principles mechanism for other countries, Russia has worked on the export of the socialist doctrine of the world, and Mexico provided only in the framework of American States. The length of time it took the Revolution, which lasted forty years, in which he expressed a continuing insistence of the Mexican people to aspire to freedom and to the establishment of a civil state based on democratic institutions. Mexico also saw a succession in which many governments because of the large number of political conflicts and growing competition in the access to the top of the pyramid of government in the state, as well as changes in the political arena of uprisings and rebellions and counter - revolutions. Permanent political conflict between Mexico and the United States because of the border overlap between the two countries, and the continuation of hatred between the two peoples, because remnants of the Mexican - American War 1846 - 1848, which manifested itself what is known as (b waiver Mexican) all from Texas, Florida and Chrinland to the United States, as well as US concerns Mexico from being sucked toward the socialist bloc led by the Soviet Union in the framework of the World Socialist capitalist race. The class struggle, who grew up under the dictatorship of Diaz, whose impact on the overall social relations in Mexico, which split the Mexican community and the jurisprudence of the two categories of workers, farmers, and gave rise to a lot of uprisings and revolts and strikes led to the result of dismembering the society which form difficult to contain conflicting attitudes in under the Mexican Revolution. So a lot of those so - revolution social revolution. Revolution split into two phases, the first armed struggle involved and spread within the period 1910 - 1920, the second is the stage of the reconstruction of Mexico from 1920 to 1940. And the size of the political challenges faced in the context of those eras. The aim of the study is to show the importance of this revolution, and the analysis of the roles that passed out politically, socially and economically, which crossed the whole for (unanimously for the birth of Mexico current), as well as the desire that this study be suitable to understand a lot of problems that are related to American history away ground import perceptions of Western literature and studies. Besides contributing to fill the vacuum in the Iraqi libraries studying this historic area. Was chosen in 1910, the beginning of the subject, because it is the year that was sparked by the revolution at the hands of Francisco Madero, and fell by the Government Breviro Diaz after thirty - four years of dictatorial rule passage, and your search is over in 1940 after the end of Cardenas rule which put an end to the end of the revolution, so Btamima Mexican oil and apply it the Law of Agrarian Reform and lay Constitution, which was founded on the jurisprudence of the modern Republic of Mexico and the handover of the National Revolutionary Party, which lasted for the next sixty years
Summary:
References:

دور كنعان ايفرين السياسي والعسكري في تركيا (1980 - 1989) == The Role Of Kenan Evren Political And Military In Turkey (1980 - 1989 )

Author name: فضاء حازم عبد الحسين المحمداوي
Supervisor name: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The thesis is The role of Kenan Evren political and military In Turkey (1980 - 1989) This study centres on the political and military role of General Kenan Evrin in the contemporary history of Turkey for the years 1980 - 1989. Gen. Evrin is considered a character that had a direct impact on the historical events in Turkey , for he played a major role in the economic , political and social changes in modern Turkey, particularly after he led the coup d'etat in 1980 and became the head of the national security council and finally the president of the Turkish Republic until his resignation in 1989. What has characterized this study is its tackling of important subjects such as the motives behind the coup and the US role in it , and all the political , social , economic and foreign policy transformations that ensued from it.because of the importance of this period in the interned policy of Turkey and the absence of an academic research in Iraqi libraries that converse that important political period. This study falls into an introduction , three chapters , a conclusion and some appendices.The introduction investigates the nature of the interior and foreign situations in Turkey as well as the factors behind the processes making the political decisions.Chapter One sheds light on the motives that prompted the coup in 1980 , the formation of a military government headed by Kenan Evrin , and its decisions. The chapter also deals with the drafting of 1982 constitution and putting it to a referendum.Chapter Two studies Evrin's role in the interior and foreign policies of Turkey and all the changes that came as a result of the coup. Additionally, this chapter tackles the importance of the decisions and fiats taken by Evrin concerning the interior issues in Turkey such as the problem of the Kurdish and Armenian minorities. Chapter Three deals with the foreign policies of Turkey under President Kenan Evrin from a fundamental reality which is that Turkey is major country bordering on the Arab world and has an important strategic geographical posision in addition to its strong relationships with the west , especially the United States of America.The 1980 coup came as a response to some political, security , social and economis issues witnessed by Turkey during the 1970s , and the emergence of many attempts to redraw the political map of Turkey. These factors are the causes that motivated the military leaders to interefere in the political life and the imposition of their conditions and procedures concerning political participation in Turkey. This study addressed a historical ear that it was very important for history of Turkey , The Internal situation and external international political and military did a big tolyto get a leader with qualities (Kenan Evrin ) to the rule and not get 1970of the last centery with clear development in infrastructure for Turk society ( Agricultural - inclusterial - tracle ) for Turk society but it couldn’t do a successful solutions to it. but Turk did through this act and tried to develop its democratic. And it helped to establish political parties which got its chance to its political goals , Who did its goals dnd trieclto do with ideas with wrong ways , This practices lead to dangerway during 1970 , Some of them used a political violence to get the power , So the Turk society may get a civil war , The governments which get the power were so weak and couldn’t do or to solve any problems in this decade. Kenan Evren has got a military person that he had a high position in Turkish government. He believed with Mostafa Kamels concepts that take responsibility to keep them after threats and me got in Ataturk celebration in 1980. Which tried to get rid of terrorism and political violence. And tried to repair the damage in the country. The coup in 1980 which came for the political developments and socio - economic - security political witnessed Turkey. in 1970 and many efforts which appeared to make a political map in Turkey and efforts. These evidence were to military leaders with their terms in politics. This is which happened after in 1980 and the issuance of the constitution in 1982 with the other procedures.
Summary:
References:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميركية تجاه الهند (1964 - 1972) == United State Of America Policy Toward India (1964 - 1972)

Author name: حيدر عبد العالي جبر
Supervisor name: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: الحمد لله رب العالمين والصلاة والسلام على اشرف الخلق اجمعين محمد المصطفى واله الطيبين الطاهرين......اما بعد...فان دراسة السياسة الخارجية الاميركية تحظى باهمية كبيرة في التاريخ الدولي المعاصر؛ لان فهم تلك السياسة اصبح ضرورة ملحة؛ نظرا لكونها تشكل القطب | The study tries to study an important topic which is related to the international relation ,more specifically it is American - Indian relations. After Indian gained its independence in 1947, it endeavored to build her bases foreign policy to ensure its independence and to prevent itself from any external interference detrimental, especially after the beginning of the cold war between to main poles United States and Soviet Union.In that period the events an any place of the world had affected by this relation between tow poles in way or Another the cold war synchronized within India's independence, so it endeavored to keep its independence by following neutrality policy. Then talk about the thesis of American - Indian relations in the era of President Nixon and Johnson during the period 1964 - 1972oukd Tenth three ministers and heads of Indians are Jawaharlal Nehru، Lal Bahadur Shastri and Indira Gandhi varied according to the United Alaqtbalolayat international circumstances and the problems faced by India.The study divided the five chapters and an introduction and a conclusion, with supplements, and the first chapter titled stages of the American political evolution, and was divided into two sections presidents first dealt with the concept of foreign policy of the United States to recognize the historical context of the concept, while the second section focused on the mechanisms American political decision - making. As for the second chapter, which came titled US policy toward India 1947 - 1964 he served as an introductory chapter indispensable gives a clear and focused on US policy for the period that preceded the duration of the study image, has been divided into four topics Head first section dealt with the strategic importance of India for US policy, while highlighted the second section highlights the Indian - American political relations, has been highlighted and adequately on the nature of those relationships during the Eisenhower and Kennedy, while singled out the third section of the policy of the United States economic toward India, and in this study were addressed this aspect something detail; to understand its importance in American policy tools. The fourth section, which dealt with the position of the United States towards the Indian foreign conflicts, this section included three axes Axis I touched on US policy toward India - Pakistan conflict over Kashmir state, indicating the most prominent positions Washington from that conflict and the other Axis Turning to the US position on the Sino - Indian war in 1962, which saw the US support and clear the Indian side and the third axis focused on the United States 'position in the Indian conflict - Portuguese on "Goa" region (Goa) 1961, highlighting the United States' position from that conflict and its reflection on the US - India relations. While the Third chapter focused on political Johnson to internal developments in India 1964 - 1968 This chapter section on the three sections Head as eating the first part, the Johnson administration's position on the pay Shastri - Andrigandhi prime minister of India, and in this section the focus was to see the position of Washington political changes after the death of Nehru, and how to deal with these variables, while the second section focused on Johnson's policy toward Indian food crisis of 1965 - 1967, and finally focused on the position of the third section of the Johnson administration to developments in the Indian nuclear file 1964 - 1968. While highlighted in the fourth chapter on the attitudes of mutual countries towards key issues such as the Indian armament issues that separated in the first section of this chapter, and devoted the second topic to talk about the Indian position on the Vietnam issue and its impact on their relationship with the United States, while the third section focused on US position from the second Kashmir war in 1965. The final chapter has focused on Nixon's policy towards India 1969 - 1972 has been divided into four first Investigation eat the nature of American - Indian relations during the period above, while the second topic of Indian - Soviet relations and their impact on US relations, and the third on the Nixon administration's position on the repercussions Bengali crisis and, finally, the fourth section focused on the US position of the outbreak of the 1971 India - Pakistan war.The study was based on a number of diverse sources, which published documents formed the basic source material for scientific material, these documents have supported the basic references, by people who were directly related to the events.Finally, I hope that I have been successful in my modest knowledge of the extent commensurate with the subject of the study, and it may be that I have been able to prepare an academic study draws in that period of American policy toward India landmarks.
Summary:
References:

مشكلة المان السوديتفي تشيكوسلوفاكيا 1938 - 1946 == Sudeten Germans Problem In Czechoslovakia 1938 - 1946

Author name: علي عبود محمد
Supervisor name: فرقد عباس قاسم المياحي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This research dealt with the problem of Sudeten Germans in Czechoslovakia from the conference of Munich of 1938 up to 1946. This topic is very important. This research divided into introduction, preface, three chapters and a conclusion. The introduction dealt with the historical background of the Sudeten Germans - Czech relations from early times up to September 1938.The first chapter focused on the conference of Munich of 1938 and its effects on the Sudeten Germans problem, establishment of the second state of Czechoslovakia, the attitude of Sudeten Germans towards the German occupation of Czechoslovakia in 1939,the Czech political efforts in exile to get a recognition of the great powers of the Czech new state in exile, and their efforts to persuade the Great powers to deportation of Sudeten Germans from Czechoslovakia after the end of war. The Second chapter discussed the problem of Student Germans from March 1945 up to May 1945.This chapter explained the liberation of Czechoslovakia by Soviet and American troops, and its effects on the Sudeten Germans in Czechoslovakia. The chapter dealt with the attitude of new Czech state towards the Sudeten Germans during this period. The third chapter discussed the problem of Sudeten Germans from June 1945 up to 1946.This period witnessed operations of deportation of Sudeten Germans by Czech peoples and government. The chapter dealt with the Potsdam conference and its effects on the Sudeten Germans
Summary:
References:

قاعدة ويلس واثرها في العلاقات الامريكية الليبية 1951 - 1970 == Wheelus Military Base And Its Effect Upon Libyan American Relations 1951 - 1970

Author name: اكرام حسن كامل الكعبي
Supervisor name: ابراهيم فنجان صدام الامارة
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Wheelus Military Base and its Effect upon Libyan - American Relations 1951 - 1970.The Wheelus Military base has been considered as one of the most important bases in the American strategic considerations since its location has a strategic importance relative to other American bases in the Middle East and Europe. Further, this base has enjoyed increasing significance in respect to the rising tension between the United States and Soviet Union during the cold war. Accordingly, Keeping the presence of American power in that base has taken an essential domain in its policy towards Libya in particular and the Middle East in general. Thus, this work is conducted for an attempt to shed light on the importance of this base in exposing the relations between America and Libya and showing its impact on the region where Al - Nasitisin and its national trend have been rising clearly and it has affected Arabic public opinion supported by the Soviet Union. The thesis is choosing 1951 as a starting point for discussion since this period declared Libyan Independence and it made a pact with the United States focusing on managing the American presence in that base. In addition, 1970 is considered the end of the period being argued in this work for it represents the American withdrawal from the base.The work consists of an introduction, preliminaries and four chapters besides a conclusion. In the preliminaries, the Italia occupation against Libya in 1911 is preliminaries, the Italia occupation against Libya in 1911 is presented and discussed. That occupation had established an airport in 1923 near Trebles sued for repressing the public resistance, and how this airport became the American control during the Second World War. Also, this chapter includes a discussion about the American interest in this airport after the war and about how America was managing it till 1951 when The United States supported Libyan independence in the United Nations on the basis of holding a pact aiming at its guaranteed existence in the airport which Iately became known as Wheelus Base.The first chapter devoted to explain the Importance of the Base in U.S. - Libyan relations and Its effect in renewal it (1951 - 1954), and the talks that held about it and its renewal in 1954. The second chapter that entitled (the effect of Base in U.S - Libyan relations between 1955 - 1969. We dealt also with the increasing of importance of the Base in close relations between U.S. and Libya 1955 - 1964. We dealt with coolness of U.S. - Libyan relations as well.The third chapter interested in the popular position in Libya towards the Base.We explained the impact on the U.S. - Libyan Relations till 1969. It explained also the impact of Nassir's Speech on foreign bases in Libya, and Its effect in inflammation this situation. The four chapter entitled ((Wheelus Base and the U.S. - Libyin Relations after 1969 Coup detet 1969 - 1970)) concerned with the negotiations between the two parties that led to evacuate the base
Summary:
References:

مصلحة الموانئ العراقية 1958 - 1963 : دراسة تاريخية لفعاليات دوائرها وانجازاتها في ضوء مجلة الموانئ == A Historical Study Of The Activities, Achievement And Department Of Iraqiport Corporation From 1958 To 1963 In The Light Of Al - Mawani Magazine

Author name: فادية يعكوب يوسف
Supervisor name: كاظم باقر علي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Iraqi Port Corporation from 1958 to 1963 : A Historical Study The study deals with the activities, achievements and various departments of Iraqi Port Corporation (IPC). The study consists of an introduction and analysis to the references consulted. It sheds light, also, on the magazine which was published by IPC after the revolution of July 14, 1958. The magazine covered the different activities of IPC. Editors specified a peculiar approach from the first day of publication to the cancellation of the magazine after the coup of February 8, 1963. The magazine is considered as an important reference that identifies the achievements of the IPC because it depends on the archive of the corporation which is full of important documents. It was considered as an encyclopedia because it tacked different topic in literature, sport and culture in general. The contributors wrote on different topics as translations of Aramaic poetry and English poetry.Chapter Two tackles the achievements of IPC like salary increase and supplying suitable housing for the employees; Chapter Three covers daywages workers. Those people were not well paid unlike contractors who used to hire them who received the highest charge. Chapter Four deals with the sport achievement of Port Sport Club as the pioneer club in the area. It was responsible for the development of sport activities of IPC and for setting up different types of sport activities especially in football, basketball, volleyball, body building and weight lifting. The study has arrived at some conclusions which can be concluded in the following : 1 - IPC was a British foundation in terms of administration and organization.2 - IPC witnessed remarkable expansion and development from 1915 to 1917 and from 1941 to 1945 due to the world wars. 3 - IPC witnessed a drastic development after the 1958 revolution when General Mizhir Al - Shawi became DG of the corporation. He exerted a remarkable effort to develop IPC. One of his achievements was the layoff of all British employees.4 - IPC provided different services to the employees when General Al - Shawi provided suitable housing to all the staff.5 - Parallel to his achievements at the level, Al - Shawi was keen to develop and improve the reputation of IPC at the international level by providing the beat service to the ships.6 - Platform workers were provided with the best equipment that played a vital role in the development of their work. 7 - Workshops for maintenance were established during the era of Al - Shawi.8 - Sport activities were strongly supported by DG of the corporation at that time Mr. Al - Shawi.
Summary:
References:

الملاحة في الانهر العراقية وموقف القبائل العراقية العربية منها 1869 - 1914 == The Navigation In Iraq Rivers And The Position Of The Iraqi Arabian Tribes, From It During 1869 - 1914

Author name: فراس ابراهيم حميد التميمي
Supervisor name: حسين علي المصطفى
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: There is no doubt that God specialized Iraq with many characteristics that are not found at many states. So they followed many rivers and the people took their navigable agriculture and trade roads. Each country had its own geographical position that had its features but the role of that position was dangerous in history such as Iraq. Iraq is away between west and east and it occurred in the center of the Islamic world. Iraq is called as Mesopotamia because of the presence of Tigris and Euphrates, where their presence and the integration of Iraqi man had great role of Iraqi civilization since the ancient times, as well as their use for transporting goods form north of Iraq to the south. The concern startled with divagation in Iraqi rivers arguments since many centuries and this is confirmed by the archaeological waste and old Iraqi blogs. The water ways were the main means to transport people and good for ancient Iraqi people. the reason behind the wide spread of using this means is the presence water wags in Mesopotamia and easiness of using them. Wherever less using of these roads, the rivers wags helped the Iraqi people to use them for many purposes in their military and commercial uses, where information military indicates. most of the military and commercial activities that made by the Iraqi people in that time, they were using ships of their cities like Akd Babylon and Ur, and this is why the Iraqi kings concerned with navigation because of its important role in enhancing their military and capacities since the year 572 BC. The King Nebuchadnezzar had cleared the Tigris and Euphrates rivers, and the canals had been built to simplify the navigation in the two rivers and made them good for relive the ships that came from the Arab gulf. The nineteenth - century was a turning point in the history of Iraq in general and in particular the commercial transporting in particular especially the navigation rivers that the age was the early beginning of the commercial transporting in Iraq. This significantly contributed to fulfil the interests in the development of river navigation, and as a result it was enjoyed by Iraqi strategic location between the Mediterranean Sea and the Arabian Gulf. The incidence transport on the road to India whereby in Iraq during the past third and fourth of the nineteenth century the process of scanning the Tigris and Euphrates rivers and proved those. However, operations validity River Tigris navigation mandate of Med hat Pasha of Iraq being of contributed navigation an important role in the development of economic and social conditions in Iraq, with the opening of the Suez Canal and enter the modern transportation led to the occurrence of significant shifts in the Iraqi economy in the forefront of growth and expansion of the movement of internal and external trade.the navigation in Iraq collapsed with the emergence of some of the new Iraqi cities along the Tigris River in particular.this has been become a being of areas where ships stop river transport companies, such as the castle town Salah and other cities. the importance of navigation in those rivers in Iraq was for Iraqi Tribes dwelling on the banks of rivers attitude no matter which was Petard hatha continuing on vessels operating in the collapsed The terms were behind those exposures are a number of reasons it was the first of the policy by the Ottoman authorities so those tribes started to make exposure to commercial vessels as it has taken this technique as a tool. pressure on the Ottoman authorities for the purpose of reconsidering its policy direction of the clans, or use Britain as a tool to pressure the government of the Ottoman when they are on British ships, was also one of the reasons the ongoing conflicts between the tribes themselves, so the authorities tried to Ottoman and British all means to gain the trust of the elders clan or resort to force if necessary to end the exposures clan and punished.
Summary:
References:

الصراع الاندونيسي - الماليزي 1962 - 1966 == The Indonesian - Malaysian Conflict 1962 - 1966

Author name: فاطمة جاسم محمد الخزاعي
Supervisor name: كاظم هيلان محسن السهلاني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The present thesis deals with a fundamental historical topic represented in the Indonesian - Malaysian conflict 1962 - 1966. The researcher has made a careful approach and offered an objective diagnosis of the main causes and consequences of such conflict. The choice of this topic was motivated by the regional importance of the area which Indonesia and Malaysia occupy in Asia itself and for the international interests. The present research endeavored to identify how the confrontation was originated and developed. Sabah and Sarawak islands were the centre of the confrontation between Indonesia and Malaysia and the underlying conflict between the Socialism - Imperialism cold in south - east Asia. The significance of the time duration is justified by the fact that 1962 represents the announcement of the Malaysian Union which includes Malayan Union, Singapore, Brunei, Sabah and Sarawak. In addition to this, 1962 was the year in which the Indonesian Opposition was formed to counteract the union. On the other end, 1966 was the end date for such conflict upon signing a peace treaty between Indonesia and Malaysia after Sukarno was dethroned and the coming of Suharto to the deck. Indonesia recognized Sabah and Sarawak islands as Malaysian territory. The present thesis was structured purposefully as follows : The introductory chapter encapsulated a brief introduction on the main topic, the reason of the choice of the topic, the methodology of the research and a brief analysis of the available references. This chapter also presents the reader with a geographical analysis of the south - east Asia , especially Indonesia and Malaysia. It also traces the nature of the historical relations between the Malaysian states and Indonesia as well as the Indonesian - Malawian relations prior to the formation of the Malaysian Union between (1945 - 1961). Chapter 2 elaborates on the efforts being undertaken in forming the Malaysian Union in addition to the opposition of Brunei Sultanate in 1962. Chapter 3 came to enunciate a comprehensive definition for the Confrontation Policy in and Malaysian Union formation in 1963. There were various reactions towards the formation of such union at the international level. This chapter explores the steps of the Malaysian union in the 16th of July, 1963 and the regional positions towards it. Chapter 4 is dedicated to develop a clear perspective on the position held by the United States towards the Indonesian - Malaysian conflict in 1964. Chapter 5 underlines the separation of Malaysia and the Indonesian - Malaysian relations during the period between 1965 - 1966. The present study came up with a number of conclusions and suggestions for further research projects to take the subject matter further on the reason why Indonesia failed to prevent the formation of the Malaysian union despite its opposition and the military conflict which last for 4 years
Summary:
References:

الموقف المصري من الحركة الوطنية التونسية 1945 - 1956 == Egyptian Attitude Of The Tunisian National Movement 1945 - 1956

Author name: حمادي سلمان حمادي الفلاحي
Supervisor name: كهلان كاظم حلمي القيسي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Summary:
References:

الازمة التشيكوسلوفاكية 5 كانون الثاني - 26 اب لسنة 1968

Author name: عيسى سعد عيسى
Supervisor name: جاسم محمد هايس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The crisis began Czechoslovak on the fifth of January 1968 on the impact of isolating President Antui Novotny from the presidencya of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of Czechoslovakia and handed the chairmanship political Slovak Alexander Dubk a policy reform has adopted the latest political reform known as the Prague Spring, and this, and since the first day he Dubcek conduct A number of economic reforms and internal and external political and even reforms included the role of the Communist Party in the state which led to the isolation of elements of anti - reform and replaced them with elements of the Communist Party who believe in change for the advancement of the country after being hit by paralysis in all respects, and that's what exciting leaders Soviets and the countries of NATO and laid They accused Dubcek trying to get out of the socialist bloc despite the emphasis on friendship and treaties that bind Czechoslovak with the rest of the block, especially after The introduction of Dubcek work program of the government reform, prompting the Soviet Union to the request for a large number of meetings in several areas in Dresden and in the laid Moscow and Tichernand Tissot and finally in Bratislava, and all of these meetings ask Dubcek and the government to stop the work program, which aims to deviation in the ideology of the Communist Party, but that Dubcek and reformist government influenced walk towards the complete funeral approval of the terms of the government's program, and when he did not find the Soviet Union and the countries of Eastern Bloc ears foreach funeral During the meetings, decided to use a military solution to crush this spring, which intends to change sex Czechoslovak from a communist state to a capitalist country and this money allows him and this set off Soviet tanks with the help of Poland, Hungary, Bulgaria and East Germany in the atheist Twenty - August 1968 and arrested Dubcek and all the leaders Astalahin to Moscow, and the plan was to replace the government with elements of the conservative Mullen of the Soviet Union, but the public pressure at home led to the failure of the plan of the Soviet Union ensued unrest, demonstrations and sit - ins across the Czechoslovak demanding returns Dubcek and his comrades, forcing the Union of Soviet change plans and bowed to pressure the Interior arose in dialogue with Dubcek and his comrades under pressure President Czechoslovak and fear of Ceylon blood of the people Czechoslovak agreed Dubcek and his comrades Protocol Moscow and the implementation of all policies included in previous meetings, which led to the loss of confidence of the people driving after their return and gradually isolate the elements of reform and returned the situation to McCann before the fifth From January 1968 until the that Dubcek Slovak leader resigned and became an ambassador in Turkey as a result of the policy of normalization Frdaha the Union USSR Czechoslovak on.
Summary:
References:

محمد صديق شنشل ودوره السياسي في العراق حتى عام 1959

Author name: سمير عبد الرسول عبد الله العبيدي
Supervisor name: غازي دحام فهد المرسومي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Summary:
References:

السياسة الداخليــة لحكومة الحزب الديمقراطي في تركيا 1950 - 1960 == The Internal Policy Of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960

Author name: عطارد عبد الامير حوشان
Supervisor name: خلود عبد اللطيف عبد الوهاب
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The thesis is The Internal Policy of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960because of the importance of this period in the interned policy of Turkey and the absence of an academic research in Iraqi libraries that converse that important political periodThe research in divided into an introduction , three chapters and a conclusion. The introduction dealt with (the internal circumstance of Turkey after the Second World War 1945 - 1950). It explain the political and economic circumstances of Turkey and the motivations at to westernization.The first chapter studied The Internal Policy of Democratic Party Government Turkey 1950 - 1960. It focused on the political circumstances of Turkey and now the Democratic party got into power and the most important procedures it followed after getting into powerThe Second chapter dealt with (the Social and Economic Achievements of the Democrats , Government 1950 - 1960). It studied the economic situations of the country after the Domination , and its best economic achievements.Finally , chapter four included (27th may 1960 coup and the End of the Democratic Government). It dealt with the main reasons that lead the army to coup against the Democratic party.Thus even though the Democratic party was from its start in 1946 , a gathering of separated bureaucrats from People Republic party ) , it was able to win , through the elections of 1950 , overPeople Republic party. The reason was that the people of Turkey aimed to the democracy that the Democratic party called for since its nomination for the elections. In spite of that the Democratic party was not different in its philosophy from the six principles of the People Republic party it announced before twenty five years ago which are (republic , secularism, nationality , internationality , popularity and coup). It gave a new meaning for these principles especially the one related to (nationality) because the Democratic party aimed to liberal economic policy , which encouraged both foreign and private Turkish enterprises.The economic policy followed by the Democratic party after gaining power in 1950 helped to gain the support of the population. That policy was the main reason for its over whelming triumph in the elections of 1950 and 1954 , because the changes and developments witnessed in the economic field during the first half of the 1950 was clearly seer in the change that happened in the fields of agriculture industry and tradeIn fact the triumph of the Turkish Democratic party represents a peaceful revolution through the social changes that happened in the Turkish community especially that which brought back some of the traditions known in the ottoman period and were forbidden in Mustafa Kamal era. The leaders of the Democratic party found that the main reason for their over whelming triumph in the elections of 1950 was the farmers who voted intensely. And because these farmers were very religious , it was an obligation to satisfy them and facilitate their religious rituals In addition , Mandaris found that the communism ideas and principles were beginning to spread throughout Turkey especially in towns after the second World War and the triumph of the Soviet the union.so , Mandaris thought that religions faith could stand against communist in Turkey Mandaris expressed his indulgence towards Islam because that faith is the Turkish soul faith and that thise faith dosnt , have any relation to the system and positive laws of the reign.But his concept of religion and secularism , though was very easy for the educated people to realize ,was very difficult to accept or understand by the villagers who found in the days thereligious indulgence an indication of going balk to of caliphate. This causes the return and activation of religious rituals and courses as well as attacking secularism and demanding its abolition.Thus It can be said that the Democratic party didn’t neglect Ataturkism but it did its best to achieve its political benefits. this is manifested in its indulgence with the religious issue in Turkey throughout the years 1950 - 1960. It is very important to mention that reducing reservations in the multi - party period in general and especially in the period of the Democratic party prepared the conditions for Islam to play a very important role in Turkish policy Later on.The period of the Democratic party reign , on the other hand , witnessed a noticeable development in the field of education , though it was below the ambitions of the public because of the defect in the procedures. Never the less , secondary and higher education waitressed a noticeable development in the Democratic party period through the opening of many primary shads especially in the Turkish rural area that lacks them , and the increase of the number of students in primary and scandal schools , in addition to opening schools to train men of religion and opening new institutes and universities and sending missions to America. But this development doesn’t last for a long time. It stars to fail because of bad planning. The lack in the budget of the government caused inflation which affected education especially the educational faculty.It is right to say that the reach of the Democratic party to power in that period was appropriate for the country from the point of view of the Turkish people who was ambitious to get more freedom. The public was also ambitious to make social, economic and political changes away from the reality the country was suffering from. That is why the Democratic government depended , from its tart , on the support of the Turkish people , especially after the multi - party system that the country witnessed , and after the religious , social and economic changes that got theacceptance of the Turkish community , especially with the religious freedom in the country nevertheless the party couldn’t continue the triumphs it witnessed at the beginning of its reign especially after the economic failures of the country in the last years of the Democratic reign , that is after 1955.The regress of some of the educational institutions contributed to stir up the university student who became after that one of the reasons for the coup of 1960.Finally , all these procedures contributed to deteriorate the popularity of the Democratic party who tried to avoid its effects by advancing the date of public election in 1957 instead of 1958. It insisted on suppressing and restraining the opposition and limiting press freedom in addition to its policy in involving the army in politics. All these procedures lead to deepen the social, political and economic crises. These reasons caused the army to intrude and lead the coup of 27 May 1960 and the end of the Democratic party Government.Thus , When the Democratic party got into power it achieved. what the public looked for in that period. Although the end of its reign happened because of some failures , this doesn't mean that the party didn’t make social , economic and political change in the country , Especially that its reign caused a basic changes in the Turkish policy which kept off from the single party system and was recognized by the multi party policy which Turkey never witnessed before the reach of the Democratic party into power , in addition to what have been mentioned of the economic social and other military developments. Thus the period of the Democratic party was one of the important periods in Turkish history which needs study
Summary:
References:

احوال اليهود في بولندا خلال الاحتلال الالماني 1939 - 1944م == The Conditions Of Jews In Poland Through The German Occupation 1939 - 1944

Author name: محمد قاسم علوان البهادلي
Supervisor name: فوزي خلف شويل
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تناول هذه الدراسة موضوع تاريخي مهم، يتمثل في احوال اليهود في بولندا خلال الاحتلال الالماني (1939 - 1944). وتركزت اهمية الموضوع في تحليل طبيعة السياسة التي انتهجها قادة اليهود البولنديين في تعاملهم مع المحتلين الالمان واثر ذلك على السكان اليهود والمجتمع البو | This study addressed the topic of important historical, It is the conditions of the Jews in Poland during the German occupation (1939 - 1944). The importance of the subject centered in the analysis of the nature of the policy that pursue it by the leaders of the Polish Jews in their dealings with the German occupiers and its impact on the Jewish population and the Polish society in general, and clarify the behavior patterns and their intellectual transformations, and political, ideological dimensions associated with German policy. As well as clarify attitude the parties and organizations of the Jewish and the Jewish population in dealing with these, response, rejection, and adaptable, as well as know closely on the nature of the racist behavior of systems and laws of the German occupation and the extent of its impacts on the Jewish population in Poland, and how power and influence of the international attitude.The study was divided into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter show conditions of Jews in Poland the economic, social, cultural, educational and political under the Second Polish Republic (1918 - 1939).Second Chapter Studied German occupation policy toward the Jews in Poland in the domain of political, economic, health and the circumstances that led to the formation of the Poilsh - Jewish councils and practices it of the policy of occupation against the Jewish population and the role of the Jewish police in that during (1939 - 1942). The third chapter addressed across four researches of Jewish insurgency movement that objection to policies Council and the Jewish police, then limited this role on a small group of Jews in 1943, whose did not welcome popularly, and attitude the power of occupation from the rebels Jews such as close the Warsaw Ghetto and so on. The third research discussed the role of the Polish ghettos except the Warsaw Ghetto in the armed movement against the German occupation. The fourth research the attitude of the Polish government in exile of the conditions of Jews in Poland.The fourth Chapter addressed destiny Polish Jews after the end of the ghettos, and clarify the role of the Polish underground to help Jews escapees whose hiding in the forests and cities that they thought it that safe from occupation, and studied the third research the Warsaw Uprising in 1944, to be this research pioneer the third research which dealt with the role Jews in the Warsaw Uprising then it did not notice the desired role despite Polish support to Jews during rebellion April, 1943. The conclusion focused on the most important conclusions that output from the study.
Summary:
References:

سياسة الولايات المتحدة الاميريكية تجاه القضية الالمانية 1969 - 1974 في ضوء الوثائق الاميريكية == The Policy Of United States Of America Towards The German Question (1969 - 1974) (In Terms The American Documents)

Author name: عبادي احمد عبادي
Supervisor name: كاظم باقر علي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Present dissertation aims at studying the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969 - 1974 , and knowing the causes and the affections that made it to adopt this policy. It presents the affections of the United States policy in the political statement in Germany, especially the development of the political relations with the Federal Germany because of the American Administration disagreement to consider the Democratic Germany as an independent state. United States of America refused to establish a diplomatic relations with Democratic Germany. The present study illustrates that United States of America has diplomatic relations with the Federal Germany only. It sheds light on the policy of some other countries towards the German question,especially the Soviet Union. The American Policy towards the German question cannot be understood and followed unless the policy of the other countries should be dealt with since the policy of these countries affects, and it is affected with such a matter is resulted from the interrelation among the political and historical events in this respect. Some questions concerning the topic have been asked and the researcher tries to answer this questions.The study starts with 1969 which is the beginning of Nixon’s presidency in United States of America and Brandt as the Chancellor of Federal Germany.Their are began as a (( New Era )) in the political relationships between the East and the West that based on the cooperation instead of being so strict in order to find a score solution to the important political questions like the German question. In addition to this, they adopted such policy to decrease the tension and to support the security and peace in Europe. 1974 Comes as the end of the present study with the end of the Nixon’s and Brandt’s Presidency.The dissertation consists of an introduction , four Chapters, conclusions and appendances. The First chapter is considered as an introduction to the topic in order to know the historical origins of the American policy towards the German question throughout the historical development of this policy and it’s affections in the development of the political and the economic situations in Germany and the relationship with the Great States, especially the relationship with the Soviet Union and the Countries that have legitimacy to rule Germany as Occupation forces. It is the matter that initiates for the competition between the two forces concerning the power in territories in Europe generally and in Germany particularly, According to the competition between United States of America and the Soviet Union, The Cold War break out. The Cold War that happened caused the division of Germany into two countries and crystallized the establishment of the Federal Germany 1949. The Federal Germany has been rearmed and accepted to be a member in NATO in 1955. United States did so in order to prevent the Russian leverage in Western Europe. It can be also considered as an advanced centre to defend the American interests in this region. the Soviet Union established the Democratic Germany in 1949 Which has been rearmed and accepted as a member in Warsaw Pact in 1955. The Chapter concentrated on the American policy towards Berlin Crisis in 1958 and it’s results in constricting Berlin Wall in 1961. The Chapter dealt with all the reasons behind the failure reunifying Germany. The Chapter dealt with the causes and the variables that made United States of America re - estimating it’s policy towards the Soviet Union after Berlin Crisis. And the influence of the American policy on the policy of the Federal Germany before the presidency of Nixon. The second Chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1969. It explains the influence of Nixon’s presidency in the diplomatic relations towards the Soviet Union and is reflections on the German question. The researcher, In this chapter, focuses on the reasons and motivations that made Nixon adapting such a policy and implementing it towards the Soviet Union. The chapter dealt with the policy of United States towards the second Crisis of Berlin in 1969 and the initiation ofthe diplomatic interaction between Nixon and the Soviet Leaders in order to reach at a suitable solution concerning the political questions that disturb both sides. The chapter dealt with the election of the Parliament in Federal Germany.The results of election Brandt’s success to be Chancellor. Brandt declares that he will adopt the policy of Ostpolitik with the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe in order to establish the bridge of trust and communication and to find a peaceful settlement for the German question and to end the tension and to support security in Europe. The chapter illustrated the reasons and the strategic targets that made Federal Germany adopting the policy of Ostpolitik with the East. The chapter focused on the American position towards the declaration of the policy of Ostpolitik which made United States feels anxious about it’s interests because of the policy of Federal Germany. In the same time, the chapter explains the causes that made United States supporting the Ostpolitikwith the Soviet Union and the Eastern Europe countries. The chapter dealt with the positions of the other big notions toward the Ostpolitik in order to understand the American position as a result to the influence of these positions in the German question.The Third chapter explains the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1970 - 1971. The chapter dealt with negotiations between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union, Poland and the Democratic Germany and The American Position towards it. However the American Position is characterized with supporting the negotiations. The chapter focused on the American position towards the “Agreement of Moscow” between the Federal Germany and the Soviet Union in the 12th of August 1970 and the “Agreement of Warsaw” between the Federal Germany and Poland in the 7th of December 1970, concerning the refreshment of the political relationships and the recognition of the border lines at that time. These two agreements are considered as turning points in the history of policy between the east and the west of Europe. Accordingly, United States re - estimated it’s diplomacy to suite the new conditions in the constriction of the political relationships with European Countries especially with its main ally, Federal Germany. This matter is embodied with the issue of a group of principles to guide the policy from the American interests in Europe and Federal Germany. The chapter dealt with the negotiations among the Four Power States in order to improve the conditions inWestern Berlin with reference to the exchange of drafts in this concern between the United States and Soviet Union and the role of Federal Germany in compromising between them. As a result, the Quadripartite Agreement on Berlin was a signed in the 3rd of September 1971 concerning Western Berlin. This agreement smoothed the way in front of establishing diplomatic relations and removing the obstructions between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany, so the agreement between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany was signed in the 17th of December 1971. The last chapter focused on the policy of United States of America towards the German Question 1971 - 1974. It emphasized on the American policy towards the relationships between the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany and the certification on the agreement of Moscow and Warsaw respectively in the Bundstag. United States exploited the attitude of the Soviet Union in the certification of the agreements to end the military aggravation in southern - east of Asia especially stop fighting in Vietnam. The chapter dealt with the role of United States and the Soviet Union in encouraging both the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany to finish their negotiations to reach at signing the basic agreement in the 21st of December 1972. This agreement recommends that both countries should normalized the political relationships between each other. The Four Power States issued (( the Four Power Declaration)) in 1972 which emphasized the upholding of including the Federal Germany and the Democratic Germany in United Nations. This prepared the floor to accept them as equal members in United Nations in the 18th of September 1973. This step is followed by the diplomatic representation between the two countries in the 14th of March 1974. The Federal Germany established diplomatic relationships with all countries in the East of Europe including Czechoslovak throng the signing of a agreement of Prague in the 8th of December 1973. The chapter contains the reasons behind Nixon’s and Brandt’s resignation in 1974.
Summary:
References:

جمعية عمر المختار 1943 - 1953 == Society Of Omar Al - Mukhtar 1943 - 1953

Author name: ياسمين محي عبد الرحيم الكناني
Supervisor name: ايمان جواد هادي البرزنجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of parties and associations is regarded as historical studies task, where it has a major role in the study of a State or a community of communities in addition to the detection of many important facts that were hidden by most historians, through documents unpublished maintained by ther privatecod by Assembly itself. In addition to give it a profile about personalities to the Assembly. Who joined the Society of Omar AL - Mukhtar is one of associations that have contributed significantly to change the course of the Libyan state, by their great effort in order to achieve the independence and the unity of the Libyan state in all its mandates, which rejected the major powers such as Great Britain and the United States as well as Italy, which tried hard to keep these States under control over all of Libya. The reasons for my choosing this subject is that Association in is different in its disciplines because it was Athletic Association, cultural, detective, out did not it become a political association, unit moving to Benghazi. In addition to its relationship with the Prince Sanusi, who became Honorary Prince and accepted all orientations in spite of the differences in some things, so the timeframe for a message is from 1943, where it travels to Benghazi and end in 1953 with the end of the secret work after it passing within stages and events and by Prince Sanusi, letter included four chapters in addition to the introduction and conclusion. The first chapter is dealt with parties and associations which were participated by most of the Libyan dignitaries in the Ottoman era and its impact on the birth of the Society of Omar Mukhtar, the most important associations are Freedom Party and the Alliance and the Association of the Covenant and the Committee of Union and Progress, as well as the associations that emerged in Syria and Egypt, led by Libyan dignitaries. The second chapter the researcher talked about the beginning of the origin of the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar in addition to its most important members, as well as the work of Al - Watan newspaper, and the basic law which was written in two phases. The third chapter focused on the attitudes of the Assembly upon referendum commission which visited Libya in addition to its position upon project Bevin - Sforza, who appeared after the Second World War, as well as the rule of Idriss on Cyrenaica and the chapter discussed the position of the Chapter Assembly towards the Arab issues. In the fourth chapter the researcher talked about sports and cultural activity for the Association of Omar Mukhtar from 1943 until 1953 and the main business carried out by the Assembly in all branches of the Libyan States. So proved this study proved that the idea of founding the Society of Omar al - Mukhtar had begun during World War II, particularly by immigrants who are in Arab countries, an idea that occurred to Mr. Asaad Arabi, which is based on the containment of young Libyans who are in Cairo, particularly after of non - objection by the Egyptian authorities. As the study revealed that the Assembly were not limited to sports and cultural activity, but beyond it to the political activity in addition to its categorical rejection of any contract treaties with major countries and the treaty in 1947, was a clear example of the rejection of the colonial policies. This study confirmed the unity of Libyan territory, without distinction between the States non independence of price state from the rest of the states. But its demand for independence and unity under its leader, Sanusi.
Summary:
References:

محمود فوزي ودوره الدبلوماسي والسياسي في مصر حتى عام 1974 == Mahmoud Fawzi And His Diplomatic And Political Role In Egypt Until 1974

Author name: ياسمين محمود عبد جاسم
Supervisor name: نادية ياسين عبد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis studied the diplomat and political figure Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi, who is considered one of the most prominent Egyptian figures. Many reasons stood behind choosing this subject, the character of Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi , that he was an experienced brilliant diplomat and assumed many diplomatic posts in a number of Egyptian embassies in many countries around the world starting from his work at the Egyptian consulate in Rome and being the Egypt delegate at the United Nations body during the government of Fahmi Nuqrashi in a very critical period, namely the period of issuance of the decision of partitioning Palestine. In addition, Mahmoud Fawzi was appointed to be the first foreign minister of Egypt after the revolution of July 23, 1952 in the era of Jamal Abdel Nasser. The thesis has been divided into three chapters, the first chapter was titled ((Mahmoud Fawzi and his diplomatic role until 1952)) wherein the first section touched upon the life and upbringing of Mahmoud Fawzi and the second section dealt with the diplomatic role of Mahmoud Fawzi and his support for the Palestinian cause through his work in the Egyptian diplomatic corps and his appointment as a consul in Al - Quds during the years 1941 - 1944. The third section revealed Mahmoud Fawzi’s efforts as the representative of Egypt to the United Nations Commission from 1946 to 1949. The second chapter which was titled ((political role of Mahmoud Fawzi in the era of President Jamal Abdel Nasser (1952 - 1970) )) showed Mahmoud Fawzi’s role in the British - Egyptian negotiations on 19 October 1954, and the role of Mahmoud Fawzi in Egypt's Foreign policy vital issues in 1955 , starting form Banthung Conference to strike the Egyptian - Czechoslovakian arms deal. This chapter also touched on the role of Mahmoud Fawzi in facing the Suez crisis and the triple aggression against Egypt in 1956, and his activity during the years 1958 - 1969 through his efforts in the defense of Arab causes. The third chapter was titled (the political role of Dr. Mahmoud Fawzi during the reign of Anwar As - Sadat in 1970 until 1974), which focused on the political activity of Mahmoud Fawzi during his assumption of the post of Prime Minister of Egypt for the years 1970 to 1972, and then a vice president from 1972 to 1974.The study, at the end, reached at many conclusions, where Mahmoud Fawzi was distinguished at that he had a philosophy in diplomacy and life, and has derived his philosophy in meditation and its features were crystallized and clarified in his mind when he spent years in Japan. There he found an opportunity for reflection, planning, work and success and learned from the Japanese things which left their effects on the features of his character.The work of Mahmoud Fawzi, as a representative of Egypt to the United Nations Commission after the year 1946, had an impact in the refinement of his political personality in particular it was in a very critical period, namely the period of issuance of the partitioning of Palestine's resolution as he made the best of his efforts and cooperated with the Arab delegations to stand against its issuance and even after the partitioning resolution he continued his efforts to prevent the implementation of that resolution. The real fame of Mahmoud Fawzi began in the wake of the revolution of July 23, 1952, as the Egyptian Foreign Ministry was assigned to him. He left a good impact in the field of foreign policy that his fingerprints were clear in signing the British evacuation of Egypt Convention, which is considered the first political experience for him when he was a foreign minister. He also had a role in the management of the Suez crisis in 1956, that he had a role in the conviction of the tripartite aggression against Egypt in the United Nations headquarters, which precipitated the defeat of aggression. Mahmoud Fawzi’s efforts in the headquarters of the United Nations, during the June war in1967, had an impact in confronting the Israeli tide in the corridors of the United Nations and came out with the best of what could be done in such circumstances, that is a decision No. 242, which provided for not allowing the occupation of territories by force, and forced Israel to withdraw from the territories it occupied after June 5. By virtue of the brilliance of Mahmoud Fawzi he was dubbed the "Egyptian politics engineer," despite the fact that his work in the foreign policy was basically executive not only because of Jamal Abdel Nasser’s dominant character, but also because of convictions of Mahmoud Fawzi, by virtue of the nature of his diplomatic character.The executive nature of Mahmoud Fawzi’ character in the world of politics appears more clearly in the era of Anwar As - Sadat during his assumption of the post of prime minister and then a vice president. He had a role in the implementation of As - Sadat’s vision of Egypt's domestic and foreign policy alike
Summary:
References:

اسقاط الجنسية عن يهود العراق 1950 == The Law Of Deprivation Of Citizenship For Jews Of Iraq In 1950

Author name: هناء سلمان عباس
Supervisor name: حيدر حميد رشيد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The law of deprivation of citizenship for Jews of Iraq in 1950Iraq form since ancient times, especially in Jewish thinking about the importance, as Iraq counting at the forefront of Arab countries that draw borders of (Greater Israel) from the Nile to the Euphrates, and this shows clearly when the Jews pointed out in the Bible (Genesis) by saying : "In that day the Lord made a covenant with Abraham, saying, to your generation I give this land, from the river of Egypt to the great river Euphrates River.After the appearance of Zionism term and turn it to the political movement into the late nineteenth century by the efforts of Theodor Herzl, the founder of this movement was its main objective the return of the Jews to the Promised Land, and in particular that Herzl found that the Jews still Spread in different communities was more like isolation, that were not negative, and it has to be their presence on the land of an independent grouping respondents, are held where the alleged Jewish state, Palestine was the best solution for that.The research of the Jewish immigration in Iraq remains far and short of the overall image and reality without viewing it from different Aspects, and for the purpose of knowledge of the different aspects, as well as put it in the historical and objective framework which is required. the research is distributed into an introduction , four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter turning on the Jews' political, economic, social and cultural role in Iraq 1921 - 1950.The second chapter deals with the Zionist activity in Iraq and its impact on the migration of the Jews of Iraq, 1920 - 1950.The third chapter was entitled (internal and external factors and their impact on the migration of the Jews of Iraq).Chapter four is covered all matters relating to the issuance of law of deprivation of citizenship for Jews of Iraq in 1950.The researcher reached the following results : 1. Jewish community has enjoyed by the stability and confidence in the center of the Iraqi society for more than 3,000 years, and this stability has continued until the beginning of this century.2. The Zionist activity in Iraq has diminished during the era of independence, which abated in various areas of Zionism, and turned into the secret work.3. The Iraq - British war and the subsequent events of Farhood, a new stage of Zionist 's activity.4. The Zionist activity in Iraq during this period focused its efforts on education and rehabilitation of Jewish culture and Zionist qualified, and trained to use weapons to displace them to Palestine to contribute to the establishment of a Jewish national home.5. Soldiers as it was in the Jewish battalion served in the British forces in Iraq, an effective and important impact in the Zionist movement activities secret.6. And it is clear from the foregoing that the Jewish community forced to go out of their homeland and it is not the bring down of the Nationality Law is the one who forced her to immigration.However, the Iraqi government bears part of the responsibility for the immigration of Jews because they have not been involved in their displacement but because it did not prevent their exit, while knowing the risks of their exit towards Palestine.As for the Jewish community are not helpless where there have been terrorist attacks and anti - media campaigns and is intended to undermine this community and force it to emigrate. And the Orbiter to the stages of the migration notes that the migration of this community was without conviction and forced them Proof of this simple setup that recorded after the issuance of the immigration law. However, this community bears part of the responsibility, to the penetration of Zionist activity in the center of a number of its members, but the vast majority were forced to emigrate
Summary:
References:

موقف العراق من القضية الفيتنامية 1958 - 1968 == Iraqi Stance From The Veitnamic Cose 1958 - 1968

Author name: هدى صباح بدن الكعبي
Supervisor name: نضر علي امين الشريف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The issune of Veitnam is consider one of pioneer Librtion case in the patriotic fight which took the attention of international public openion and make its effect on many countion of glob which took varied stances agenst it according to Their political and economical regiems from the extrem right to the extrem Left.This study tackle The Iraqi stance toward The Veitnamic case for The period 1958 - 1968, and for an era pregnant with events, facts, and guilk develop ments whither in Iraq or Veitnam which was suffering from the conflects in inside and abrood and at the time which represented the peek of cold war between the eastern and western comps.Iraqi yovernments after 14 July 1958 and their stances from the Veitnamic issue in addition to the stances of the forces, associations and public organita tions and the stances of the press the for the events in Veitnam and the fight against colonism.And there was another issue push the researcher to choos This period in particular of The republic history of Iraq asitrepresent an important side of Iraq contem porary political history which was rich with events and political changes and its reflections on The overall Pololy of Iraq to ward The libration issue in south east Asia lountries and in front of Ther Veitnam. From This stanice This study represent humble try in integrating The resear ches which dedicated to study The stance of Iraq from The complex international cases at That era of time. What came in The pupers of This study World enable us to identify The basic stancos of Re pulic Iraq in government, organitations and public assoliations for The veitnamic Lase in astage Thet had assending patren in The Lold was netween Theastern and western Lamps and vetnam represented The most important field for This war.And Iraq which went out since July 1958 form The Lyele of tending to The west and went Neaver to Eastern camp both politically and feconomicully, it must support The Libaition movements in south east Asia which were submitting to The French and American Lolnisim control and in atry from The Leaders of Iraq to make foreign policythe tensure political back up from The great powers in The eastern camp for enhancing The new political regiem after The fall of monarchy.From This point The Leaders of Iraq after 1958 take The stance of supporting The Libration movement in Democratic veitnam embodied by The matual vists between Iraqi veitnami delogations, and signing agree ments between The two contries.And in the same way some purties, political, cultural and occupationa Lorganiation partici pated in supporting The Iraqi government political stanie and The same time The privat and public press supported The veitnamic cuse and stand against The colonisim of U.S.A and scandal The practices of The American military authorities against The veitnamic people.
Summary:
References:

الموقف الروسي من الثورة الدستورية الايرانية 1905م - 1911م == Russian Position On The Iranian Constitutional Revolution 1905 - 1911

Author name: هادي صاحب عيدان البدراوي
Supervisor name: خضير مظلوم فرحان البديري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: The importance of the theme of "the Russian situation on the Iranian Constitutional Revolution1905 - 1911" lies in the extent of rampant Russian influence in the Iranian events , not only by imposing Russian's influence on the Iranian tiles, including the head of state (the Shah), but in its ability to address the new revolutionary spirit , which is now threatening Russian interests in Iran, to decide, with all what tsarist policy represent of despotism and tyranny, put the inevitable end of the constitutional revolution in 1911 in the form that consistent with its political orientations in Iran, while the historical stage of the constitutional revolution represented important and sensitive stage in the modern political history of Iran increased the importance of the subject,and because the scientic and historical studies didn't deal with this theme in scientific , independent research , this form a real incentive to fight the midst of this syudy as a new theme dealt a review and analysis of the importance of the Constitutional revolution of Iran in the Russian situation. My knowledge of the Persian language form my choice of subject in a scientific and academic thesis for modern Iran's history, the pink dreams that I had the since graduation from bachelor's degree in early last decade of last century, and what contributed in the paving of the scientific road in front of me in this regard is the encouraging of Prof. Dr. Khudair Madhloom Farhan al - Bederi, who has had the greatest favour for the choice of the subject, after depending on God Almighty, who supported me much and facilitate troubles to complete my work. And the fact that national and university libraries does not only lack of the sources related directly to the Iranian constitutional revolution , but suffers from the scarcity of Persian sources and references also in this area, which form a crucial difficulty in obtaining them, which compelled me to travel to the Islamic Republic of Iran, despite the lack of time, and the hardship of traveling, and the difficult financial conditions, in order to obtain the maximum amount of authentic Persian and foreign sources, especially Russian and English and translated them into the Persian language, which are directly related to the search topic. Nature of the subject required to divide it into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the introduction included addressing to the importance of the subject and the motives behind choosing it and to address the overlapping of events, and the definition of its chapters, and analyze the sources and basic references, which were adopted by the study, while first chapter touched to penetrate and installation the Russian influence in Iran even in 1905, as a historical background is needed and very necessary, the goal behind it, follow it to penetrate the early links between Russia and Iran since the fifteenth century and then Russia for a variety of privileges economic conditions in Iran, which assisted in the installation of Russian influence, which Russia helped a lot to interfere in the internal affairs of Iran on the eve of the Constitutional revolution. Chapter II confronted the Russian situation on the Constitutional Revolution of Iran during the last years of the reign of Muzaffar al - Din Shah (1905 - 1907), to see the tsarist policy toward Iran, as one of the motives that led towards the outbreak of the Constitutional Revolution of 1905, as well as follow - up events of the Russian situation of the early events of constitutional revolution until August 5, 1906, and therefore the diagnosis of Russian activities practiced by Russia since the beginning to disrupt the constitutional revolution until the end of the rule of Muzaffar al - Din Shah in 1907. Chapter III of the statement was devoted to the Russian policy toward Iran, and its impact is to the development of the events of Iran during the reign of Mohammad Ali Shah (1907 - 1909), which was marked by the escalation of the revolutionary tide, and refused to colonial domination of the Russian - British alliance to divide the Iranian territory within the 1907 treaty between Britain and Russia , which helped a lot in the details of the Iranian interference events, to the extent that it sought to Qajari system support for the destruction of the National Consultative Council in June 1908 and to contribute to the return of Iran to the previous stage of despotism, which was named stage "small" from 1908 to 1909, which has suffered tyranny including much of the country. The fourth quarter and the last chapter was devoted to the orientation of the Russian policy and its situation of the Constitutional Revolution in the final phase (1909 - 1911), and of the new constitutional Covenant in Iran after opening Tehran and take off Muhammad Ali Shah on the throne of Iran, which was accompanied by internal crises which were for Russia the upper hand in their preparation and execution to serve its interests colonial in the country, making it stand strongly against the Schuster's mission reform, which was intended to address and organize the Iran financial and with many suffering from cases of idleness and disorder, disability, and then the decision of Russia to the fate of the Constitutional revolution of Iran after it insisted strongly on the imposition of the inevitable end of it and eliminate it in 1911
Summary:
References:

العلاقات العثمانية الفارسية في عهد القاجاريين 1795 - 1896 == Ottoman - Persian Relations During Qajareen Period (1795 - 1896)

Author name: نوران برهان علي
Supervisor name: فردوس عبد الرحمن كريم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: When studying the international relations between two countries, there are three possibilities : either cooperation or struggle or combination between them. Dealing with historical facts of the subject of the study lead us to explain the Persian - Ottoman relations within the third section.This relation is struggle one and three is no cooperation according to the circumstances of the stage. There is no doubt , that the relation has special importance , not because the importance of the two countries and their political momentousness in the region but because their interchangeable influence in political reality for each one and generally on the region sphere.The progress of relation indicates that each development whether internal or external in the politics of one of them may effect the other country directly or indirectly. For the significance of the study and lack of the studies that deal with Ottoman - Qajareen relations (1795 - 1896) , in this study we try to deal with all the development from all sides. The thesis is divided into introduction and three chapters. The first chapter deals with Persian - Ottoman relations during (1795 - 1823) consisting the most important disputed cases that are the reason for firing the war between the two sides. These cases are the attacks of Whabiya on Kerbella and the difficulties that the visitors and Pilgrims face when they pass through Ottoman lands in their way to holly shrines the tribes there and their role in breaking out the conflict,Al - Bapanin family , Persian - Ottoman war in (1821 - 1823) , signing the, Arthroom treaty and the role of European countries in first signing it. The second chapter deals with relations during (1823 - 1847) and the problems which are the reason for renewed the conflict among Al - Bapanin Princes, campaign of Ali Rudha against Muha mera, attack of Nejeeb Pusha on Kerbella and Prince - Persian discussions to solve the problems between two countries and sign second Arthroom treaty. The third chapter deals with Persian - Ottoman relations during(1847 - 1896).It includes cooperation and coordination with greatest countries regarding boundaries problems attitude of Persian from the Qerem War, visit of Nasar Aldean Shah to Baghdad and signs brcaties with Ottoman, calling of Sultan Abdel Hameed to form Islamic league. It is referred to rebellion of Abdella Al - Sheri and it's affect on politics. It also refers to Shat al - Arab problem and the role of European countries to fire the dispute inorde to serve their interests. It is depended in this thesis on number of documents which not published, documentary books, University theses and number of Arabic books and translated books into Arabic. In this thesis , the researcher reaches to number of results which are as following : The Persian - Ottoman relations are distinguished by prominent struggle which it is rooted to Jaldeeran battle in sixteen Century.This battle is the real beginning to this struggle. The area of this struggle extends from South of Basrah - Baghdad towards Hamadan or Bedra - Jasan to Sherezoor and inters Atherbeajan land Armenian land. The depth of this line extends from the West and reaches Basrah - Baghdad - Kirkuk - Arbil - Mosul then inters Diyar Bekar then Arthroom - Diyar Bekar Tbkis - This is the area of Persian - Ottoman struggle. The most important factor that contributes to continuity of dispute is violating the boundaries. There is violation , whenever signs treaty from the first Arthrooim treaty in1893 and second Arthroom treaty in 1847 to map out the boundaries and plan to the dispule. No side obligates in spite of interference of the greatest countries of the greatest Countries such as British and Russian. The British - Russian competition has impact on the relation between Persia and Ottoman especially the British interests which are very active through diplomatic efforts to again privileges which are granted as interference right to proleed its interest.
Summary:
References:

الكتلة الوطنية ودورها في لبنان 1935 - 1949

Author name: نور علاء يونس
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Summary:
References:

مشكلات الحدود العراقية مع دول الجوار الجغرافي العربي (1937 - 1968) == The Problems Of Iraqi Boundaries With Arabic Geographic Neighbors 1937 - 1968

Author name: نور سالم مجيد عودة
Supervisor name: منتهى طالب سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the international border problem of topics thorny and complex because they require knowledge of the historical, political, geographical and legal aspects with geographical neighbors of the country you want to study its borders.Since the establishment of the new Iraqi state border problems with the Arab geographical neighbors appeared on the political scene, and it was the most important of Iraq's attempt to obtain access to the sea overlooking the Arabian Gulf as Iraq has only a few kilometers are not commensurate with its economic potential, especially oil. So I began to border problems with Kuwait, along with the emergence of tribal problems and how to establish security and stability in the border areas and the problems related to water and oil pipelines to the border problems with Saudi Arabia, Syria, Jordan appeared.Thread derives its significance from the Iraqi border problems is one of the most important problems faced by successive Iraqi governments since independence in Iraq's modern history, which is still interesting for researchers, especially in the field of international political borders of Iraq. From this perspective has been chosen subject of the study (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems : 1937 - 1968), was identified in 1937, the beginning of the study because of that this year the Iranian pressure on Iraq and demanding half Shatt al - Arab began forcing him to relinquish his stake in This water as he went to look for sea port on the Arabian Gulf, which raised border problems with Kuwait and then the rest of the Arab countries, were also identified in 1968, the end of this school year because it is the seventeenth of July coup occurred against the government of Abdul Rahman Mohammed Arif. In the wake of the coup saw the Middle East, important events have influenced later in Iraq's relations with the Arab geographical neighbors.This study tries to answer substantive questions, including : 1. what the real reasons behind the emergence of the Iraqi border problems Kaa Arab geographical neighbors?2. You had to Britain's role in fomenting the Iraqi border problems or resolved?3. What are the main border agreements and treaties that Iraq held with the Arab geographical neighbors to maintain international political boundaries?4. What are the key aspects of Iraq's border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems?5. Is the Arab countries cooperated with Iraq to resolve border disputes clans?6. How did the Iraqi border problems in its relations with the Arab geographical neighbors?7. Is Iraq reach a definitive solution to solving the border problems with the Arab geographical neighbors, especially with Kuwait, or is this Malfah problems between the two sides remained?Message material distributed to the introduction and four chapters and an epilogue, taking the first chapter, which was titled (the Iraqi border with the Arab geographical proximity 1921 - 1937 countries problems), a preliminary study is necessary, as it included four topics first addressed, including the Iraqi border problem - alkwytah reviewing the beginning of the problem and its roots and the way Iraqi border demarcation - alkwytah as well as smuggling border problems, he said, the second Iraqi border problems KSA reviewing conferences held between the two countries to resolve the problems of abuses tribal border as well as the disputed border outposts, while the third section emphasized the Iraqi border problems - Syrian explained border conferences held between the two sides and the results released on the border of the Syrian - Iraqi problems, while confirmed the fourth section on the Iraqi border with Transjordan problems (the Kingdom of Jordan later) of this section has been tracking the problems between the two countries and explain the demarcation of the border between the two lines, as well as tribal excesses on this line.The second chapter entitled came (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems 1937 - 1958) were distributed among the scientific article on the four topics addressed first Iraqi border problems - alkwytah during this period, presenting an overview of the extent of the impact of the Second World War on the border and survival as it is a result of concern British in the war, but the end of the war saw the forties attempt Iraqi government to drag Kuwait to join the Arab Hashemite Union and resulted from negotiations on it, and ensure that the second section of the Iraqi border problems KSA reviewing Section positive steps that have taken place between the two sides and the resulting from the signing of several agreements borders , and in particular the management of neutrality zone and the subordination of the tribes reportedly water in 1938 also touched on the May Revolution (May 1941) and the extent of their impact on the Iraqi border, KSA, and the third section was devoted to the study of border problems of the Syrian - Iraq, particularly smuggling and disputes between tribes located on the border issues between the two countries during the forties and fifties of the monarchy, and the fourth section shed light on Iraq's border with the problems of Transjordan (later the Kingdom of Jordan) and to clarify the extent of the impact of international events and Anhecasha on the border with Iraq, Transjordan.The third chapter trace (the Iraqi border with the neighboring countries of the Arab geographical problems through loud First Covenant 19,058 - 1963) consisted of four topics first addressed the Iraqi border problems - alkwytah during the Republican era and the arrival of the first leader Abd al - Karim Qasim to power and re - announcing Kuwait home Mother causing an international crisis reflected on the relations with the Arab Jawaraljgrave countries, and between the second section of the Iraqi border problems KSA and explained the position of Saudi Arabia from the revolution and the new system of governance and the extent of fear of Saudi Arabia, followed cautious policy toward Iraq, he said, the third section of the Iraqi - Syrian border problems He highlighted the Shawwaf movement in Mosul in 1959 and over the effects on the border between the two problems, as well as the historic meeting that took place between the leader Abdul Karim Qasim and Nazim Qudsi President of Syria in the humid Nizqh border to settle the border between the two problems, which was a positive step to strengthen the relations between them, The fourth section shed light on the Iraqi border problems between - alardnah and extent of the impact of international events and circumstances at border crossing points after switching system of the State of the Royal Republican to Iraq.The fourth chapter devoted to the statement (the Iraqi border with neighboring countries, geographical problems during the second republican era from 1963 to 1968) and included four topics touched on the first of them to the Iraqi - Kuwaiti border problems and the development of the new Iraqi policy pursued towards Kuwait and the resulting expected Minutes or agreement in October 1963, which recognized Iraq through Kuwait and its borders and sovereignty, which form such an agreement obstacle to the border between the two countries, the negotiations, especially after the return of Kuwaiti government to confessions and previous evidence relating to the borders of the year (1932), dealt with the second section of the Iraqi KSA border problems and explain the effectiveness of signing treaties and agreements between the two countries and their impact in the second republican era, Chapter III handled the Iraqi border problems - Syrian and the crisis of Iraqi oil to Syria in 1966, and included the fourth section of the Iraqi border problems - alardnah statement international events and crises in that particular - alasra?alah Arab war in 1967 through the participation of Iraqi military units and cross - border support for the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan at the time.So the Iraqi border with the Arab geographical neighbors problem of the main problems faced by successive Iraqi governments since independence to the present day Fasttaat Iraqi governments, some of which solution and others not resolved so far and has become a chronic problem, particularly with regard to the previous Kuwait forget the politics that were walking by both the two countries. Can resolve border problems by strengthening the bonds of economic and cultural relations and to move away from the spirit of hostility and gain at the expense of the other party
Summary:
References:

ايران في عهد الشاه سلطان حسين (1694 - 1722م) == Iran In The Period Of Shah Sultan Hussein,S Reign ( 1694 - 1722 A. D.)

Author name: نهلة نعيم عبد العالي ال بطي
Supervisor name: سميرة عبد الرزاق عبد الله العاني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Safavid state was formed of Turkumans Toides which known as Aelkezlba and inspite of the hard mysterious situations and accomapanying events that the state came through include the intermittent conflicts with the nighabours states such as oHomanic state which the main reason of conflect between them was the secaterian difference.but the safavid state had kept it,s power somehow specifically in age of first shah - Abas.but after while the state started to fall apart gradually by the age of first shah - Abas. During this time safavid state had seen social and economic problems led it goes down gradually,all this problems due to the first Abas shah because deliberately he killed princes of Safavid fimily ,this scene has been reflected on the desting of de Safavid state and it,s policy later on. When shah safi took the throne he has followed abloody policies later on had created lots of problems and had lost many lands used to be important and strategic for Safavid state. The second factor was the administrative system dispite the different foundations of Safavid,s state it has los it,s efficiency in performance as well as the rulers started. chacing to reach jobs and Salaries ,since the shah was spineless and driven as well as surround by foreign consoltants who did not give him the opportunity to choose snitable cadres to ful fill management positions dep on the former corruptor officers though. The only trouble that been faced by Safavid state was rip.and rivalry between officials,chairmen and rulers though its been clear that these factors drove the state to fall apart soon , as well as they became tax collectors. During the previous factors, arich class had been fromd and negatively affected the society, conflects it was not expected in these situations , to make workhose case for the foundations of safavid state.because these foundations have closed the Gates Upon all people , and became open just for people of benefits.That’s why management, jobs have been baugh, soch as well as money and fortune have always been inhirited infact its due to internal System instability which let the military foundation to be week and powerless after it was the core of Safavid,s state to face all conflects,s parts first Sha - Abas has formed military forces aims to find alteratives for the ancient foundation which has been ruled by Ael kezlbah to make it weak not to cancel It ,as well as this army was completely different than previous ones, Aftermath, Gorgies have poped up and showed these nations later on after weakness of loiality creed for shah and the state. According to this the foundation of religion has faced many changes.and replacements.with in the last years of safavids.Government, as well as religion,s entTiy was correlated to the political and Social situating to circuamstances, Though by this way the destiny of safavids state and its collapse have been the main reason religion entcty collapas. According to this we can figureout the factors of weakness which the safavids state had faced after long age of power either these factors wer characterized in the recipes of shah , leaders or curriculum.Though , Its been clear that the factors of weakness are more specially the character of shah.because shah wasn,t pwerfull authority and able to rule the state with specifications thate.in d time full of events ,conspiracies and internal revolutions, as well as since economic situations.which affected the social and political status, which the outcomes and resources - of commerce became so weak and few.Way the total responsibility of state collapse can not be on the head of shah sultan Husain.because in contrast between his age and ages before him we can find that.who social and conomic problems that state has faced belong to, ruled before him specially, shah suliman , as well as the chargcs against shah sultan Husain have been proved in this study ,that.The main reason of disintergration that happened to the community due to the shah first Abas who delebarately killd the princes of safavids family.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات التركية - الامريكية خلال حكم الحزب الديمقراطي 1950 - 1960 : دراسـة تاريخية == Turco - American Relations During The Rule Of The Turkish Democratic Party 1950 - 1965 An Historical Study

Author name: نغم عبد الهادي مهدي حسن شبع
Supervisor name: قبس ناطق محمد الدليمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many studies have done by Iraqi scholars on the Turco - American relations since the eighties of the last century. The reasons are obvious : Turkey is Iraq’s neighbor and it enjoys an important geo - strategic position in the Middle East, Asia and Europe. The second reason lies in the growing influence which the United states of America played after the World War II in the world. Therefore , we argue that studying the Turco. American relations during the fifties of the last century is important since the Middle East had witnessed many dangerous developments affected its countries and the world in general. This thesis is a study of the Turco - American relations during the years 1950 - 1960, namely the era of the Turkish Democratic party (T D C). The sources on which this study is based range from unpublished documents, documentary books which have used document mainly, books and articles.These books are in many languages : Arabic, Turkish and English.This study is divided into an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion. Chapter one gives a historical background to the Turco - American relations since the nineteenth century until 1950.Chapter two concentrates on the policy of the (TDC) in Turkey during the years 1950 - 1960. It tries to shed light on how this party reached to power in Turkey and its effect on the Turkish political scene. How far the advent of the party did affect on the relationships between Turkey and the United states?Chapter three is devoted to examine Turkish position and attitudes towards regional and international alignments and alliance. It studies why did Turkey join the north Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) and how Turkey allowed the united states to establish military bases in Turkey and how far this affected the relations between the two states to establish the relations between the two states. This chapters deals also with the Turkish. and American attitudes towards the formation of the Middle East Defense Organisation and of the Baghdad pact.Chapter four deals with the regional and global crises which happened during the period covered and its effects on the Turco - American relations. It begins with the Eisenhower Doctrine of 1957, the Syrian crisis and the role played by Turkey and the United States, the Lebanese crisis and the relations between them, the crush of the American U.2 Plane and finally the military coup in Turkey in 1960 and the defeat of the (TDC) in the election of 1960.
Summary:
References:

صبري العسلي ودوره السياسي في سورية (1903 - 1958) == Sabri Al - Asali And His Political Role In Syria (1903 - 1958)

Author name: نسرين فيصل داود
Supervisor name: ظاهر محمد صكر الحسناوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many authors and researchers shed their attention on the history of Syria , which passed through significant events which had a huge effect in the history of the Arab Homeless therefore , The history of Syria was studied from all sides , especially by Syrian researchers in particular , and Arab researchers in general. However , there are characters which have great role in the events which Syria passed through , and which have not studied and highlighted objectively. Regardless of the roles and positions taken by those characters m but they have become of great significant , which the researcher cannot ignore them without concentrating on those characters , especially outside Syria m because the political situations in Syria were reflected on many researchers m who were not objective in their judgments on those characters we have mentioned , nad it was necessary to study the policy which sabri al - asali adopted in the history of Syria and its effect on the course of events , whether in Syria or the Arab surrounding. The character of sabri Al - asali represented an influential axis in the course of the politic vents not only in Syria , but also in the Arab area , nudging his attitude on the triple charter , Beside his outstanding role in revealing the murderers of Adnan Al Maliki. Which the western countries were responsible for is murder. Beside his role in the issue of suez and the support of Syria to Egypt in this serious issue , respite the warning of the western countries to Syria to participate , still Sabri Al - asali declared that Syria would support Egypt. The thesis aims to study the life of Sabri Al - asali and his prominent political activities the history of Syria , through reviewing his upbringing life , and emergence the course of events his implementing many actions on the internal and external veils and his attitudes about the serious and multiple rab issues. The thesis consists of an introduction , our chapters and a conclusion , The first chapter discuss the origion of the family of Sabri Al - asali , his life activities his attributes and the start of his political activity through the great Syrian revolution in 1925 against the French occupation and joining the rationalist Action league , then joining the national block m and contributing in the elections of 1943 , the contributing in the Syrian ministries , especially minis interior. In the second ministry of fares Al - khoury in 1945 a minister of justice in the third ministry of fares Al - khoury in 1945 , then as aminister of interior once again in 1946 in the ministry of daadallah Al - jabr then joining the national party to become asecretary in 1947 , and his participating in the ministry of Jamil Mardam in 1948 , and the attitude of the National party from the coup of Hosni AL - Zaeem , also the attitude of the National party from the coup of sami AL - Hinawi in 1949. The second chapter deals with the attitude of al - Asali from the combination of 1950 and his attitude from the Ministry of the people‘s party , also the combination of his first ministry in 1954. AL - Asali role in the Arab - syrian relationships, Handling the Internal proticipation in the elections of the minisry of Saeed AL - Ggazzi. As well as the third chapter deals with studying the second ministry of Sabri AL - Asali in 1955, and the position of the ministry from the international alliances, The Internat policy of the ministry ,The Amenric and Bmerican and pressures, on the government of AL - Asali ؛ The Egyptian Support to the attitude of Syria from Baghdad pact and AL - Maliki alliance, Sabri AL - Asali had a role in prosecuting the murders of Adnan AL - Moliki, and the resignation of the ministry. The fourth chapter traces the third ministry of Sabri AL - Asali in 1956, Nehru and Shbelor in Damascus, The Approach of the third ASalian Ministry, The actirity from the internal disagreements in the Military Institution, The Syrian attitude from the nationalization of the Suez canal the ministry and the development of events in the middle east the aggravation of the third ministry in 1975 the attitude of the ministry from Eisenhower doctrine ,new development In The Syrian - Egyptian Relationships New Development To The Iraq - Syrian Relationships Development of The internal Situation in Syria , The Israeli - Arab Conflict ,The Policy of Positive Neutrality , the Deterioration of Relationships With The Arab - Gorden - Iraq - Egypt and Syria Al - Asali as Advice president to the Unity State , The Resignation of Al - Asali and his quitting The political life.
Summary:
References:

حزب الاتحاد الوطني السوداني الافريقي " سانو" (1958 - 1972) : دراسة تاريخية == National Union Of Sudan African Party ((Sano)) (1958 - 1972) (Historical Study)

Author name: ندى حسين علي حمد الجبوري
Supervisor name: منتهى طالب سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Founded in southern Sudan, a number of political parties during the era of the fifties of the twentieth century was for each of its programs and activities and weight in Sudanese society and its influence in political life and was Among the most important of these parties (the Patriotic Union of Sudan African Party)(Sano), who played a major key role in Silver South Sudan. The importance of this study is to analyze addressed to the ideas and activities of th party And his calls to demand for autonomy for the south Ensure that the first chapter (political transformations in Sudan until 1958)The second chapter is titled (National Union of Sudan African Party and the position of the military government of it until the year 1964) The reasons for determining the subject in the period between (1958 - 1972) where 1958 is the year of the signs of either party establishment in 1972, the year in which the party was able to achieve its goals in South Sudan to get on autonomy.1 - How did Ibrahim Abboud policy problem in South Sudan ? 2 - What is the role of the party (Sano) in the round - table conference in 1965?The third chapter was titledhe fourth chapte (National Union of Sudan African Party Sano civilian government until 1969) T r entitled the National Union of Sudan African Party Sano second military rule 1969. Influenced Ibrahim Abboud's policy towards the problem of southern Sudan through the end the parliamentary system in the country and his arbitrary policy in southern Sudan led to the migration of many intellectuals and southern parliamentarians to neighboring countries and founded a number of organizations and associations and parties such as the Christian Association of Sudan, which turned out to be the Patriotic Union of Sudanese regions Party sealed which turn to the Union National Party Sudanese and African (Sano).Sano Party has led a major role in the Round Table Conference in 1965, especially after the defections, which affected the party between William Deng and Agheri serious and was on its impact on the party split into two wings moderate wing led by William Deng, who called for a federal system between the north and south wing extremist led by Agheri serious which called for the secession of southern Sudan from the north was like two wings Sano Party delegation In Roundtable Conference
Summary:
References:

السـيـد عـبـد العــزيـز الحكـيـم ودوره السياسي في العراق 1950 - 2009 : دراسة تاريخية == Abdul Aziz Al - Hakim And His Political Role In Iraq 1950 - 2009 (Historical Study)

Author name: نبيل محمد خليفه العلوي
Supervisor name: وسن سعيد عبود الكرعاوي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The historical period in which Al - Hakim lived in is considered one of the most prominent stages in the history of contemporary Iraq of which the academic studies are still limited. This study enables us to monitor many of the political events that Iraq passed through and AlHakim interacted with. The study consists of an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter is entitled ( AbdulAziz Al - Hakim and the development of the Personal, Social and Political until 1980) , it has three sections, discussed his Lineage, upbringing , study and personality, the effect of his mentor Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadir in selecting his political path. While the second chapter is entitled (The political role for AbdulAziz Al - Hakim outside Iraq (1980 - 2003)), is divided into sections, his political activity in Syria that he practiced during his stay in Iran, also states his position from the invasion of Kuwait in 1990 and the events followed that war, finally it discusses his role in the Iraqi opposition conferences before 2003. Chapter three was specified to study the (Role of Abdul Aziz Al - Hakim in Iraq after 2003) in two sections in which the chapter discusses a lot of segments most prominent the periodical presidency for transitional governing council and his attitude from the state management law for the transitional period , his role in forming and leading the unified Iraqi coalition and his attitude from the permanent constitute formulation for 2015 and from the first parliament elections that Iraqi witnessed after 2003 and his two visits to Washington, and finally his preparations for the provincial council elections for 2009. The fourth chapter studies (The political and social proposals of AbdulAziz Al - Hakim for the reality of Iraq and its future) in three sections, it studies his treatments for the problems of the political operation in Iraq, his view for the basis of social rise in Iraq, and finally the chapter tackles his sickness until his death. The study has reached to conclusions, among them is that Al - Hakim has been affected by Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadir as he considered him a political leader for him until 1980 and after the execution of the latter he was affected by the approach of his brother Mohammed Baqir Al - Hakim as he took him a political leader for him, this affect was accompanied by practicing important political roles that Al - Hakim did until 2003, as he returned to Iraq and became a prominent leader who largely participated in the political events in Iraq until his death on 26 August 2009.
Summary:
References:

يهود الفلاشا في اثيوبيا (1950 - 1991) : دراسة تاريخية == The Flasha Jewish (1950 - 1991) Historical Study

Author name: ميرفت عبد الكاظم ياسين العامري
Supervisor name: احسان علي حسين الشمري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Jewish encyclopedia defines the “Ethiopia Flasha Jewish” as troupe descending from Jewish origin , related to one of religion Jewish classes based on old era and external books “bookriva” (the undependable book and other religious books which appeared after the finish of old era record , after appearing the Zionism movement , the attention of Jewish of denomination throughout of World in order to gather it Zionists movement , hence it becomes necessary to study these denominations ,then recognize and identifies their situations and their political , economic and social rule. whereas attraction of Flasha Jewish improve its reputation which characterized , somewhat , by racism.The study divided into introduction ,three chapters and conclusion. the first chapter deals with the naming , historical origin of Flasha Jewish of its correlation with Zionists movement until 1948 , in section one is about naming and geographical distribution in Ethiopia , section two is about historical origin of Flasha Jewish and migration to Ethiopia , while the section three is about Flasha Jewish and its correlation with Zionists movement until 1948.The second chapter deals with social symbols and economic and political activity of Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia , in section one is about doctrines , traditions and folklore of Flasha Jewish. Section two talks about economic and political activity of Ethiopia Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia. While section three bout the prolegomenon of migration in Ethiopia to Israel (1977 - 1950). The third chapter deals with Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia and their relationship with Israel (1990 - 1977). in section one is the growth of Israel immigration (1990 - 1980). section two is the economic and social activity - the economic and military activity , the third chapter is the thought of return condition and reverse migration.Conclusion 1. Religious believes : they don’t belief of Talmud.only belief in external Asfar 2. There is no political rule for Flasha Jewish in Ethiopia as being oppressed minority and semi - restricted socially.3. Economically and socially : the Flasha Community is isolated one , the economic rule of Flash don’t exceed the agricultural rule , they are tribal community , most of them practicing agriculture as farmer , also working on crafts like making cracks and spinning ,which considers as scornful crafts for Ethiopic.4. The thesis reveals the Zionist organization activity : in addition to Jewish agency that works beside United States , by making contracts with Ethiopic government and working to convince Flasha Jewish to migrate to Israel.5. Flasha Jewish in the other hand are scornful and can’t get respected occupations in society , those people realized that promised land is not milk and honey , obviously the Flasha Jewish civilians is third degree in military fields which pushes them to think about return and reversed migration
Summary:
References:

حزب الشورى والاستقلال في المغرب الاقصى 1946 - 1962 == Al - Shoura( Consultative And Independence Party In Far Morocco (1946 - 1962)

Author name: منى عبد الكريم شريف
Supervisor name: عبد الله حميد مرزوك حسين العتابي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The history of Maghreb countries remains in general and history of the Morocco kingdom in particular is in need of more academic study and research for its topics richness, the Arabic Maghreb is the only which maintains its independence and sovereignty across history and did not subjected to any foreign occupation including the Ottoman occupation which controlled all a parts of the Arabic homeland for four century with the exclusion of the French and Spanish protection lasted for forty four years from(1912 - 1956). The Morocco adopted the Moroccan thought in its modern history since early time back to the beginning of the twentieth of the twenty century, where the Moroccan political parties are constitutes represented by national necessity conditioned by the struggle circumstances against the colonist for liberation and restore the national sovereignty, and Al - Shoura( consultative and independence party in far morocco was one of these oldest political parties in Morocco where the party is established at the time of constitution of the independence party in 1944 by laeder Mohammed Hasan Al - Wazani and Al - shora and independence party performed an essential role in the national movement and it was constituted a nerve of this movement with the independence party in morocco.Al - shora and the independence party is considered one of the opponent political parties in Al - Maghreb, as for extending the time frame and restricted between(1946 - 1962) because this period represented an essential historical stage in Al - Maghreb history and it is rich by events, besides the political developments and death of king Mohammed v in 1961 and prince Hasan took the crown in the name of king Hasan II and set constitution and hold elections, the first chapter devoted to study the political situations in Maghreb in(1930 - 1936) and it is in three categories, the first category included historical items concerned the national labor block objectives, programs and the challenging facing it and the factors contributed in establishing the Maghreb national movement, as for the second one displayed the objectives and slogans of the patriotism movement and the party influenced by the principles of the French revolution and also reviewed journals of Nationalist Movement party, and the third one titled the Nationalist Movement and the second world war(1939 - 1945), in it illustrated the movement attitude from war and its developments on the Maghreb areana and the party activity during it and its aptitude from the Palestinian issue and its supporting to it.As for the second chapter titled the emerging of al - shura and independence party included three categories, the first one the starting of the party, nomination and its objectives also the national chapter for the party in 1946 and the party attitude from multiparty and its role in establishing the protection league of Maghreb in Paris in June in1946. As for the second chapter displayed the intellectual and the organization frame of the general objective for the party, means and the membership of the party also the political ,economical and social program and the authorities efforts in an attempt to unify the national movement between two parties( Al - shora and independence and the independence party).As for the third one discussed the political role of the essential parties leaderships in Al - shora and independence party in struggle for independence of Maghreb.As for the third chapter titled the party activity during the stage of Al - Sultan exile Mohammed V, the first category in illustrating the party attitude from the unseat and exile of the Sultan, and the second category to shed light on the eternal and external activity of the party represented by bureau of the Arabic Maghreb in Cairo in 1947 and the role of the Maghreb national parties participated in it, also illustrated the role of the party in committee of liberation Morro also discussed internalization of Morocco issue and the activity of Al - Shoura and independence party in this respect, the third one discussed the party attitude in the independence negotiations concerned the circumstances of holding Pecan Lakes conference and the developments accompanied it till announcement of the independence and confession of Morocco as an independence state at the 3rd of March 1959 followed by confession of some of independence by the Spanish government in 7th of April in the same year. As for the forth chapter where displayed the role of party in the constitutional institutions, in the first category discussed the party attitude concerned laying the state institutions and participating in them, where the party had participated in establishing the first government and establishing the consultation national council established in 1956 and the party was with the participants in decision including recommendation in choosing the prince Hasan as crown. And at the time of establishing the second government where the party had transferred to work with the opponent parties and contributed in backing with the other opponent parties towards backing laying the constitutional institutions.As for the second one titled the internal and the external activity of the party manipulating the party attitude from Morocco Jews and the attitude evacuation of the USA bases in Morocco, besides its activity in the desert and its struggle with the independence party and also its attitude from issues of Al - mashriq Al - arabi. The third category discussed contributing the party in the municipality and town elections and its active role in contributing and backing in stipulating of the constitution for Morocco in 1962.As for the results which the researcher has reached as follow : - 1. The emerging of the political parties in Morocco amongst Al - shora and independence party - the national movement as threshold for reorganizing the Morocco national movement activity according to the bases of modernization including the unity of thought and objective and contributing in framing the mass towards mobilizing the people in resistance and requesting freedom and independence.2. Al - shora and independence party had national role in contributing in presenting the demand document for independence which confirmed a biding by constitution and democracy as method for political work and admitted the municipality and ruling after independence and this confirmation reflected an early awareness for the party at time most of the world states under the colonist control.3. Al - shora and independence party is considered the first which put forward to the constitutional issue in Morocco whet ether in document requesting independence and via presenting 23 of December memorandum in 1947 and the necessity to set democratic constitution for Morocco according to contexts known in the democratic organization.4. The early care of Al - shoura and independence party in demanding the Maghreb human rights at a time this demand was neglected totally in the Arab home states and Maghreb Al - arabi states.5. Contributing of the party in the national governments after independence, in the national and consultation council also the municipality and town elections.6. The party coherent with the necessity to set constitution by elected national council and its contribution in referendum of the constitution in spite of its opposition for some of the constitution texts. And despite of this the political role after independence did not reached the national heritage level despite adopting the pioneer and political opposition in independent Morocco
Summary:
References:

الجامعة الامريكية في بيروت واثرها على الفكر السياسي في العراق الملكي == The American University Of Beirut And Its Impact On The Political Thought Of Royal Iraq

Author name: منار عبد المجيد عبد الكريم
Supervisor name: لطفي جعفر فرج الاسدي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Title of this dissertation is " The American University of Beirut and its impact on the political thought of royal Iraq " , and the researcher has clarified that the reason for choosing this subject is that it has not studied before , in spite of the vital importance and controversial role of the American University between politicians, newspapers and magazines. This dissertation consists of anintroduction, four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter deals with the foundation of the university of , the designation of its rectors and professors , its curricula and their teaching method , its most prominent cultural and political activities , the traditions of the university and the readions towards the university. While the second chapter sheds light on the Iraqi scholarships to the university , their qualifications and specifications. It also deals with the social position of the Iraqi students in the university , their impressions about the university and cultural and political activities they pursue during their study. The third chapter has clearly documented the scientific and educational output for the Iraqi students after their return to Iraq.This special educational output has become clear through their political participation in the assemblies , clubs and parties , until it was crowned with a clear political role in the legislative power ( prime ministries , ministries) and the executive power (The parliament). The reflection of this on their political thoughts was dealt with in the fourth chapter.The fifth chapter deals with Political thoughts of the graduates and the public and official reactions to wards it. The dissertation reached to many conclusions , the most important one is that the Iraqi gradates from the American University of Beirut are considered to be the forefront of the scientific and educational renaissance in Iraq.Additionally they were able to establish good political thoughts which can be used to solve recent problems. But those graduates did not give much importance to political and industrial issues like the Kurdish issue and women's freedom issue
Summary:
References:

حركة الحقوق المدنية للزنوج في الولايات المتحدة الامريكية 1953 - 1968 == The Civil Rights Movement Of The Negroes In The United States Of America(1953 - 1968)

Author name: مريم عبد علي حمدان الساعدي
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis describes the significant events of the Civil Rights Movement from1953 - 1968 in the United States essentially began the same time that the country did. Beginning with the Abolitionist movement to end the “peculiar institution” of slavery, through the Civil War and Reconstruction, and into the Industrial Age, the United States has always grappled with the problem of race, wars and manifested itself in other forms. There were many valiant attempts during the Twentieth Century to improve the state of race relations, but all of them were doomed to minimal success. In the 1950s, a series of several victories in the courts engineered by Thurgood Marshall and the NAACP Legal Defense Fund culminated in the 1954 Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka decision seemed to open the floodgates for change The case, which struck down the 1896 precedent of “separate but equal”, established in the case of Plessy v. Ferguson marked the beginning of the erosion of entrenched systematized segregation. This decision was really the beginning of the modern Civil Rights Movement, marked with effective protest and actual results. There would have been no Civil Rights Movement.” The Montgomery Bus Boycott in 1955 - 56 was one of the earliest events in the modern Civil Rights Movement. Under the leadership of MIA (Montgomery Improvement Association) President Martin Luther King Jr. Blacks used the nonviolent resistance technique of a mass boycott on the city bus system. After a protracted campaign, the Montgomery Improvement Association forced the end of segregation on public transit in the city. King, who was quite interested in social justice and equality, saw that he had the model for bringing about the end of Jim Crow in the South. Meanwhile in Little Rock, tensions were building in 1957 as Arkansas attempted to comply with the Brown decision. That fall, as the plan of integration was being carried out, violence erupted. President Eisenhower was forced to federalize the Arkansas National Guard and call in regular US Army troops to allow nine teenage children the right to attend school, lessons of Montgomery and Little Rock and use nonviolent resistance tactics to educate the nation to the racial injustice that was rampant in the South.The years from 1960 to 1965 were the high mark of the modern Civil Rights Movement. Under the leadership of Dr. King’s organization, SCLC, the Movement managed to change the nation.In 1962 in Albany, Georgia, SCLC and SNCC attempted to wage the first large scale campaign to secure integration of public facilities and voting rights in the city. The Albany Sheriff knew what the campaign was designed to do, provoke him and his men into violence, thus Prichett used nonviolence to combat nonviolence, therefore, stymieing the efforts of King and his supporters. King knew that in the wake of failure at Albany, the Movement needed to do something profound in 1963. Little could he have dreamed that it was the events of that year that would result in Congress passing the following year meaningful civil rights legislation for the first time since Reconstruction. In 1963, SCLC decided to implement a campaign in Birmingham, Alabama. Here they met their desired result, as police chief Bull Connor reacted in the manner SCLC anticipated. The mass arrests of protesters were accompanied by the use of fire hoses and police dogs, and the nation watched the coverage on television, stunned. Violence got so bad that President Kennedy was forced to station troops in various parts of the state to be used if the situation did not calm down. By the summer of 1963, with Kennedy’s Civil Rights Bill on the floor of Congress, civil rights organizations staged the March on Washington to apply pressure to the government. With 250,000 marchers standing in front of the Lincoln Memorial, King gave his legendary “I Have a Dream” speech. That September, tragedy once again occurred in Birmingham, as a bomb killed four Black girls at the 16th Street Baptist Church. Violence erupted, and by the end of the day six people were dead. In November 1963 John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas and Lyndon Johnson became President. Johnson’s legislative skills aided in passing Kennedy’s bill, and in 1964, President Johnson signed into law the Civil Rights Act of 1964.5 On the heels of a victory in Birmingham, King’s next focus was voting rights. While launching the statewide Alabama Project, SCLC decided to stage a campaign in Selma.Alabama. Dallas County Sheriff Jim Clark harbored many of the racist values of Bull Connor, and once again SCLC planned on exposing the violence of the police to demonstrate the evils of Jim Crow. In this campaign, the movement was emphasizing the injustice of being deprived of the right to vote. The campaign went smoothly until March 7, 1965. While beginning a planned march to the state capital, the marchers were routed by police with tear gas, cattle prods, and billy clubs. “Bloody Sunday” was the turning point. The march went on, and as President Johnson was forced to get involved, he decided that the time was now right to force a voting rights bill through Congress. His Administration had been stalling on sending more civil rights legislation to Congress, but Johnson decided that King had given him a perfect opportunity to pass a voting rights bill. The President turned out to be correct, and on August 6, 1965, Johnson signed the Voting Rights Act. 1966 saw waves of protests at universities across the country.however, the civil rights movement has focused on the achievement of equal rights for African - Americans through the end of legal segregation and achieve voting rights. The movement against less focused and tangled war closely with the counterculture, and show their opposition to the Vietnam War as part of a wider movement range to convert the country.King was assassinated on April 4, 1968. Riots broke out in more than 110 cities across the United States in the days thatfollowed, notably in Chicago, Baltimore, and in Washington, D.C. The damage done in many cities destroyed black businesses. The day before King's funeral, April 8, Coretta Scott King and three of the King children led 20,000 marchers through the streets of Memphis, holding signs that read, "Honor King : End Racism" and "Union Justice Now. On April 9 Mrs. King led another 150,000 in a funeral procession through the streets of Atlanta ;The African - American Civil Rights Movement 1953 - 1968 refers to the social movements in the United States aimed at outlawing racial discrimination against black Americans and restoring. rights to them.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات البريطانية - اليمنية خلال حكم الامام يحيى بن حميد الدين 1904 - 1948 == The Yamen - Britain Relationship During The Rule Of Imam Yahiya Bin Hamidaldin Period (1948 - 1904

Author name: مروة ماجد سعيد الجميلي
Supervisor name: اسراء شريف جيجان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Yamen - Britain relationship during the rule of Imam Yahiya bin Hamidaldin period (1904 - 1948) described with ebb and tide , where British act to encourage the internal insurrection of against rule of Imam Yahiya and these by support revolutions and insurrections with money and arms and encourage sectarian tendency in spite of these Imam Yahiya still stick with his isolation policy even if he forced in some cases to make treaties with foreign and Arabic countries but all of them has finished with military affair but most of treaties doesn’t deal with to develop the internal conditions in countries such as economy or education.The study comes with four sections , the first section involves some attention reasons of other affair and the factor that encourage Britain to pay more attention with Yamen and Adan in particular. The first chapter divides into four sections deals with most topics and how eliminate the Othman rule in Yamen and render Imam Yahiya the authority and the attitude of Albab Alali toward Imam Yahiya and internal insurrection against the rule of Imam Yahiya while the second chapter came to discuss how establish Almatukliya state and confront the Britain challenges and internal conflicts against the state after autonomy and the attitude of Britain toward Imam Yahiya and the First World War 1914 - 1918 A.C , while the third chapter includes the Britain - Yamen relationship of 1939 - 1929 and Yamen - Saudi war and the attitude of Albab Alali toward it and the reasons that lead to make Yamen - Britain treaty 1934A.C. The most important thing that fourth chapter deals with is the attitude of Yamen through Second World War 1939 - 1945 and changes that taken place on Yamen society that leads to murder Imam Yahiya through the revolution of 1948 and how Imam Ahmed tried to destroy the revolution
Summary:
References:

عبد اللطيف البغدادي ودوره السياسي في مصر حتى عام 1964 == Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi And His Political Cole In Egypt Until 1946

Author name: مروة ابراهيم مصطفى حسين المعموري
Supervisor name: بيداء علاوي شمخي جبر الشويلي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many authors and researchers shed their largest attention an the history of Egypt , As one of the important Arab countries, which has the greatest effect in the events witnessed by the Arab world, Therefore the history of Egypt was studied from all sides and in different Eras, Especially by the Egyptian researchers particular and Arab researchers in general , However. The events of Egypt , chinch have not studied and highlighted objectively , egardless of the roles and positions taken by those character but they have become of great significance , which the searcher cannot ignore them without concentrating on the characters, especially outside Egypt, because the political situation in Egypt maybe were reflected on a number researcher who were not objective in their judgments those characters. Abdul hatif is the most prominent of those characters we have mentioned , The need is essential to study his administration and attitudes in the Egyptian politics , because he contributed greatly to the revolution of Egypt 1952 and defended it. As he was the most prominent its men. Who defended the achievements of that evolution in critical circumstances experienced by the evolution during (1952 - 1964). Abdul Latif distinguished comall of his colleagues, men of the revolution, by his imitable ability to accomplish, So he was able to develop me appropriate plans to implement projects, Known for is high degree of self - confidence and dignity, that was me biggest reason. for the successive disagreements between him and Jamal Abdul Nasser, Which mede him mentally quits the political action Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi took over five different ministries at the level of ministerial action. As well as the position of vice resident , that position which oblige him to supervise so many different sectors of the state. He also had the high prestige among his colleagues and in the conscience of the people , his name was related with genuine and rapidly achievement. The thesis tried to answer several quiries the most prominent were the causes of disagreement between Abdul Latif AL - Baghdadi and Jamal Abdul Nasser and the accuracy of what had sever. Historians mentioned about the fear of Jamal Abdul Nasser from the power and influence of Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi which was the reason behind his quitting the alitcal action because Jamal Abdul Nasser imposes his opinions always in mast decisions , which resulted from that a bad relation ship between Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi and Jamal Abdul Nasser , there were numeral harassment after his recent resignation in 1964.The thesis consists of four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter was entitled "the emergence of Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi and his entering the political world", and this chapter deals with his life, emergence, his entering the Military college his promotion in the military service, the emergence of the organization of aviation officers in 1940, his participation in the war of Palestine against the Zionist entity in 1948, and his role in regulating the liberal officers which he participated in after the war. While the second chapter was entitled" the role of Al - Baghdadi in the revolution of 23 of July 1952 - 1954", through studying the main issues which was Egypt suffering from before the evolution and made him and his colleagues to start the revolution, Al - Baghdadi took over the responsible of flying in the mooring of 23 of July over the sky of Cairo and Alexandria in order to control the situation and his presided over the revolutionary court , which we formed in 1953, to trial those accused in betraying the homeland , or against its safety insid and outside or those who help in the corruption of the government , as well , the chapter includes the crisis of march and the outcome represented by the conflict of the members of the revolutionary command council with Mohamed maguey and the disagreement between Jamal Abdul Nasser and Abdul Latif Al - Baghdadi who made Al - Baghdadi submits his first resignation. The third chapter was entitled "Al - Baghdadi and his took over the legislative and executive duties", it reviews the role of Al - Baghdadi in the formation of the Egyptian government from (1953 - 1957), accompanied by responsibilities and accomplishments and the subsequent proposals in the national union and the issuance of nationalization resolutions in 1961 the so - called" the social revolution and his entering the parliamentary elections which resulted in his presided over the national Egyptian assembly while.The fourth chapter was entitled "Al - Baghdadi and his position on the course of events and the internal political developments in Egypt", it reviews the evacuation agreement and the triple aggression on Egypt in 1956, Al - Baghdadi accompanied Jamal Abdul Nasser thoroughly the period of the war , As well as the chapter includes the efforts for the establishment of Egyptian - Syrian unity in (1958 - 1961) that emanated the united Arab republic are his role in it the formation of the boad of presidency in Egypt after the secession had ahuge effect in the determination of Al - Baghdadi to quit and not to return to politics once again.
Summary:
References:

سياسة بريطانيا تجاه امارات الساحل المتصالحة 7491 - 7491 == Britain'S Policy Towards The Trucial Coast Emirates 1947 - 1968

Author name: محمد نصر سعيد
Supervisor name: حسين علي فليح الخزرجي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The historical period of the search has a great importance since it associated with significant international changes that reflected on British policy in India in general and the Gulf region in particular, as it has transferred the British responsibility of India after independence in 1947 from the India office to the Foreign Office, which had a clear impact on the rulers of the Arabian Gulf. This study came to complete previous academic studies which dealt with part of British policy in the Gulf region, and provide the Iraqi historical library with a needed study. The years 1947 - 1968 constitute a new phase of British policy, which led in the end to the emergence of the United Arab Emirates after British announcement of its withdrawal from the region in January 1968. The studying of the history of British relations with the Trucial Emirates represents the fundamental basis of British policy in the Gulf region and confirms British interests in proportion to the international changes after the end of World War II and the resulting economic and social impact in the Trucial Emirates. In addition Britain adopted a new approach in dealing with the rulers of the Emirates after World War II by concentrating power and prestige in the region as expressed by an important British document.Also, this study provides important information about the role of the sheikhs of the Emirates and their relations with Britain in drawing the political map of the Emirates and the region in this historical period.The study came according to historical scientific methodology based on investigation, research, access to consulting relevant historical sources and analysis of many documents, sources, newspapers, magazines, encyclopedias and interviews that show British policy in the Gulf region, especially Trucial Emirates and its attitudes towards political, economic and social issues in this period of research.The thesis consists of an introduction, four chapters and a conclusion stating the main findings. The first chapter (Britain and the Trucial Coast Emirates until 1947) studies British policy towards the Trucial Coast until 1947. This chapter has two sections, the first (political and economic realities of the Trucial Coast Emirates until 1918), discusses several topics First : British treaties with Coast Emirs who were control key of the Gulf, second : Britain and internal conditions of the Coast Emirates, third : Britain's role in the border problems, fourth : Britain and Coast Emirates during World War I, fifth : Britain's policy towards foreign Participation in the pearling. The second section(British policy towards coast Emirates 1919 - 1947) which tackles several topics, first : Britain 's policy towards Emirates between the two wars, second : the problem of the borders, third : the economic effects of the war on the Coast Emirates, fourth : aviation agreements and the establishment of stations, fifth : oil, sixth : Trucial Emirates in World War II until 1947, Both sections discuss the British attitude towards the political and Economic developments of these Emirates between 1805 and 1947.The second chapter (Britain's attitude towards the political issues in the Trucial Coast), which contains nine sections : the first, the issue of the external borders 1949 - 1964, the second : the internal borders 1947 - 1968, the third : The Board of Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1968, the fourth : the power of the coast of Oman 1949 - 1965, the fifth : The Role of Arab League States in the Trucial Emirates 1952 - 1966, the sixth : British intervention in changing the rulers of the Trucial Coast 1948 - 1967, Seventh : Britain and administrative and judicial conditions of the Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1961, Eighth : Britain's attitude about the openess of the rulers of the Trucial Coast Emirates towards abroad 1951 - 1967, Nineth : British withdrawal from the Arabian Gulf and dual union 1952 - 1968.The third chapter (Britain's economic policy towards the Trucial Emirates) consisted of five sections, the first : Britain's attitude towards the banking activity in the Trucial Emirates 1947 - 1968, second : Britain's attitude towards the oil concessions in the Trucial Coast 1949 - 1966, third : trade 1947 - 1968, fourth : Agriculture 1948 - 1967, fifth : pearling and fishing career 1948 - 1967. The fourth chapter (Britain's policy towards social issues in the Trucial Coast) contains four sections to study the social changes in the Trucial Emirates by tracking the stages of development in several fields : First, the British attitude towards Education 1947 - 1968, second : Health 1949 - 1968, third : Britain and development projects in the Trucial Emirates 1950 - 1968, fourth : Britain's attitude towards the public social life, by focusing on the British policy towards mentioned fields 1948 - 1968.
Summary:
References:

القضاء في لواء المنتفق (1921 - 1958) == Eliminating The Brigade Almentvq (1921 - 1958)

Author name: محمد كامل عويد
Supervisor name: عبد الرسول شهيد عجمي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Undergraduate Studies in Dhi Qar province dealt with (Almentvk) previously many aspects of modern and contemporary history, it has meant, especially in the recent period studied some of the institutions that have had a significant in the evolution of the city and provide, as an institution of education, health and so on of affairs, which helped thus to probe the depths of the areas you are not known, although there was possessed of information they are few, and then he went inside academic institutions in the province to work on the preparation of the relevant studies that address various areas of the history of the province, for the purpose of enriching the definition of inheritance of civilization in the region which helps to revive the experience and revive its history, the fact that this region has a full inventory of civilization and accumulated, it must therefore advancement of this responsibility and play the role of a researcher, investigator for information that leads to the achievement of the target and the desired service in the scientific process. Although studies have recently started going to this trend, however, that the judicial institution in the province lacks the efforts of researchers study, but we can say that there is a reluctance to clear and evident from such studies, and this applies even to specialists in the judicial side, Valaam mostly from those hardly has only few information about the institution to which he belongs and the beginning of its appearance and formations, and here I took a study of this institution which Tptdo with the beginnings of the modern Iraqi state and the emergence of boarding Faisal Bin Al Hussein in power in Iraq until 1958. It is obvious and acknowledged that the study of the laws and judicial institutions is not easy, but mired case of difficulty and hardship, particularly in the era was a turbulent and politically and administratively stable occupation perched on Iraq and the country shackled agreements and treaties and conventions to ensure the continuity and sustainability of the occupier interests of the base class. The judicial organization was in its infancy main pillar of justice in the country's semi - paralyzed, if not disabled in full, as it was limited and the existence of these courts in certain areas and not others, and can attribute the reason so many conditions comes in the forefront of the financial hardship that was experienced by the country, as the court was a great need to professionals in the judicial side of the staff, especially if we know that after the departure of the Ottomans from Iraq got a state of the focus of vulnerability; Aladliyn due to leave the bulk of the staff, this was a cause for action to disable the courts. Iraq has been counted and Almentvk penalty of the first countries that are found on the back of the globe where the early legal and judicial legislation governing the affairs of the people and preserve the lives and property and regulate their affairs emerged, the strength of the state and occupy a prominent place and have a voice and the shrine Aziz not Adham political status does not knocks can not be achieved only through the existence of a society dominated by a state of stability, and raise the case of injustice and inequity and injustice, and the best way to achieve this goal be achieved by having systems and constitutions and laws and regulations governing the community and determine the relations of people so they do not get the case extended by individuals on the children of the community account. Legislation has become the most prominent manifestations that reflect the amount of urbanization Nations and unfold the degree of progress and thinking, if the legislation SOBER solid del personal nation, independence and assumption of a prominent place among the nations, and if the legislation in the nation in harmony with Hui other and meet the desires of a particular class anchor for influence Profile tiny came less to demonstrate the weakness of the nation and Anhana?ha. The first beginnings of the emergence of modern judicial institutions has coincided with the announcement of the Basic Law, which draw the judiciary in the country, and that judges are independent and no authority over them except that of the law, as the law guarantees runs the case to the independence of the judiciary as among the types of courts and make it three times depending on the function that They are entrusted with the safeguarded from interference in their affairs. The study was divided in three classes ensure each season, including two sections The first chapter included the first part, in which the civil and criminal clans suits who goes by the tribes in the solution - khasomadtha heterogeneous system, since the state took into account the application of such a fact that the tribes of their customs and traditions, tribal values that adhere to and make the system its constitution (unwritten), and a tool to resolve - khasomadtha and then the difficulty of applying civilian regimes any regular courts on these, the tool essential for the implementation and enforcement of the decisions of the system or the law they are vested in the elder of a clan and we dealt with in this section also customs, traditions and Sunan clan, which is the foundation for organizing diets sons of the tribes, and the second part in which she dealt with the regular courts and the beginning of its appearance and the most prominent tion and those who made it. For the second chapter dealt with the first section of it tribal claims system during the period of the year (1932 - 1945) drawing on statistics - about crimes and incidents occurring in the district center and Aqdath and respects, and singled part of this section of the Revolution of Suq in 1935 and trials carried out by the Israeli occupation authorities against those who the instigators of the revolution, as were a variety of sanctions ranging from the record to the death penalty and torture in the region through the payment of fines and the demolition of houses and castles style. THE second part regular courts, together with reports and statistics on developments throughout the accident brigade dealt with among the important issues that occurred during the period of the forties (murder case Jffers) and the conduct of the trials for the accused incident of killing those with taking samples of Major General and district courts decisions, coupled with the decisions issued by the court of cassation Iraq, and walked on the same approach when he addressed the third quarter. The most important sources relied upon in the study are the subject of the documents obtained from the National Archives and the National Iraqi books and documents, both the Royal Court, the Ministry of Interior, the Court of Cassation clan, which provided me with information on the subject of the study. The other source, who adopted him a book Baghdadi Penal Code, as amended, which provided me with legal materials relied upon to clarify and demonstrate the legal substances that defendants prosecuted accordingly. The difficulties that I faced during the preparation of the subject of research, they are many stands in the forefront of my injury to plunge sharp disc, which prompted me to undergo surgery in Turkey, and other difficulty is not as important as its predecessor it is the lack of historical sources that were not rare, and damage to other sources that it was possible that Trsn Thread larger as he told me based on the courts in the center of the province damage binders belonging to them during the events that took place in 1991 and the subsequent, also did not provide me with the Ministry of Justice in any piece of information, it reminded me of the employee in charge of the ministry that Arcifam not transferred from the previous ministry, which suffered damage As a result of the work of the bombings. With all of the saw should be - and what is available - to look at this issue and I serve men specialists Elimination and those interested in scientific research and investigation about the innovations of the human mind and the functioning of the systems and the keenness of the good men to achieve justice and fairness oppressed, and I am not claiming Etienne something new, but I was afraid this missing link between foundations and organizations in the past and the present, eliminating the judiciary, particularly in the towns of Dhi Qar, I came out and put it in place and my intention is not only of practical science service of the country and the provinces of Dhi Qar and God's help and strength
Summary:
References:

الموارنة ودورهم في الحياة السياسية اللبنانية 1919 - 1958 == Maronites And Their Role In Lebanese Political Life 1919 - 1958

Author name: محمد رضيوي فجر محمد الحميداوي
Supervisor name: علي ناصر حسين
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The "Maronites theme and their role in Lebanon's internal political life of the period from 1919 - 1958" of important topics in the contemporary history of Lebanon, as such a historic stage Lebanon underwent the control of the Maronite full but promised Lebanon "national home a Christian" in the heart of the Arab - Muslim world, as It proved the existence of this nation great powers in 1861, and determine the time frame of the thesis the year 1919, and to the fact that this year has seen the formation of a delegation Maronite under the chairmanship of Patriarch Amaroni Elias Howayek, whose mission was basic load Maronites ambitions of great powers meeting in Versailles in Paris to put the post - World War settlements first, to obtain the independence of Mount Lebanon as an independent state under French protection without the merger Syrian unity, and actually this delegation succeeded to obtain French promises to achieve Maronites ambitions and enhance their control over the internal political life in Lebanon, while the end of the time frame of the thesis the year 1958, to the fact that this year has witnessed a popular uprising Lebanese ended President Maronite rule Camille Chamoun, and curbed the role of political Maronites, and reduced their influence absolute on the rest of the other Lebanese sects, and It should be noted that this issue has not seen any previous studies have focused on the show Maronite role in the internal political life in Lebanon for a period of study, in detail, so this study is the first of its kind in academic studies in universities, and here lies the importance of the subject. The thesis is divided to this introduction, smoothing, and four chapters, and a conclusion, were distributed as follows : - Introduction : - it addressed the importance of the subject and the time frame of the thesis, as well as the sources relied upon by the study analysis.Preface : - focused on "the historical roots of the emergence of the Maronite community in Lebanon until 1918". Chapter One : political developments in Lebanon and the intervention of the Maronite 1919 - 1925.Section IV : Maronites under the French mandate 1923 - 1925 policy.Chapter II : The position of the Maronite Albannanah1926 - 1938 internal situation.Chapter III : Maronites internal political issues in Banan1939 - 1946. Chapter IV : Maronite role in domestic politics Albannanah1947 - 1957. Conclusion : - in which the researcher has shown what findings. Thesis was based on a variety of sources and come in the forefront of the documents published and unpublished, including Iraqi ownership documents unpublished and saved in the Iraq National Library and Archive in Baghdad, and of the reports of embassies and legations and consulates in Beirut and Damascus, the Iraqi Foreign Ministry, as formed in their information essential material for the thesis, and helped to largely in the detection of many of the aspects related to the topic, particularly since their importance is being issued by the contemporary sources of the events, as well as the use of Lebanese documents unpublished represented archive of the Maronite Patriarchate and saved in the Patriarchate headquarters in Bkirki, which enriched the thesis many information through correspondence It has between Maronite Patriarch and the various Lebanese politicians and that relate to the development of the Lebanese political situation, while the documents French and of documents of the French Foreign Ministry and preserved at the American University of Beirut, was her share of the thesis and providing them with many of the information pertaining to the study, especially in the first chapter of the study, The documents for the US Embassy in Beirut and the United States Department of the Ministry and preserved in the form of Micro did in Iraq National Library and Archive in Baghdad stake in the thesis provide some important information. The roots of the Maronites due to the Yemen Arab tribes that settled in the Levant, and converted to Christianity, which was rejected by the Jews, and managed these tribes from spreading at the beginning of the fifth century AD in northern Syria, but moved in the seventh century and settled in the northern parts of Lebanon, known as Mount Lebanon. Faced Maronites during successive ages many cases of persecution, but they were able to restore their power through their alliance with the Crusaders, but that did not last long, as soon collapsed alliance against Ottoman rule, during the period of the provision in question, but they regained their strength again after control meteor family power in Lebanon, as this family turned to Christianity, which the forces of fork Maronites, and gave them a strong momentum for expansion at the expense of other communities even in 1843, as it entered the Maronites in a new historical phase, marked by competing foreign on Lebanon, which led to the do Alqaimmqametin system, which resulted in the many wars that ended with the establishment of Almtsrvip system in 1861, which lasted until 1915. Enables the Maronites of achieving their dream of establishing their own political entity to them after their French promises in Magistrates' conference in Paris in 1919, the creation of the state of Greater Lebanon, which has already been under resolution 318 in the atheist and the thirtieth of August 1920, and imposed their hegemony on Lebanon, which was an expression of French interests and a reflection of the policy of mandatory French achieved by them Maronites, and based on the deepening of the contradiction between the Lebanese communities through the acquisition of the economic capabilities of the Lebanese state.It reinforced the Maronites and their presence in the Lebanese entity through French support them in the constitutional institutions, especially in the representative councils that have been adopted primarily on the census, which sought through which the French authorities make the Maronites more numerous than the rest of other communities, which make them account for the lion's share of jobs Government representative councils and high - level positions.Maronites Fort themselves constitutionally through the incorporation into the Constitution which was announced in the twenty - second of May 1926, many of the constitutional articles which gave them great privileges were able which make the state institutions in the interests of the service, as it took over the post of president of the republic, which grants privileges and powers of the very broad not It gets them any President of the Republic in the world, and a demonstration of that rejection for waiver of the Maronite presidency of the Republic of any other denomination, and this is what happened in 1932, and in cooperation with the French Commission, which intervened in their favor, and has disabled the Constitution until 1936.Lined Maronites in Lebanon about a polar Maronite policy and key are Bechara El Khoury, who represented the moderate trend of the Maronites, while such as Emile birth trend isolationist of the Maronites, and this is reflected on the political orientations of the Maronites, and who supported the majority Bechara El Khoury direction until 1943, when everyone unites in in November of the same year the crisis, but that did not last long, as it collapsed autism Maronite front of Bechara El Khoury's policy of nepotism, corruption and the spread of corruption, and that the effects of other Lebanese sects against Maronites, so I tried hard to maintain their earnings and protection from loss, because of the actions is studied by the President of the Republic, Fady then split the Maronites themselves, which is reflected provoked by the 1952 uprising, which ousted the gospel Khoury, came Bkamil Shimon for the presidency, but the new president did not learn a lesson from the mistakes of those before, returned to practice the same policy, Maronites, raising again, fearing for their interests from being lost, especially after it came to the case of the popular ferment culminated in elections in 1957, and the explosion of the situation and out of control in the bloody events in May 1958.
Summary:
References:

منظمة حركة عدم الانحياز وموقفها من قضايا المشرق العربي 1955 - 1980 == The Position Nonaligned Movement 1955 - 1980

Author name: محمد رشيد غافل سالم
Supervisor name: كهلان كاظم حلمي القيسي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: Non - Aligned Movement passed in terms of origination historical precedent stages of World War II. And it formed the Second World War and the emergence of the main forces represented in all of Soviet Union, the United States and the American Cold War and a major cause of birth.Was the respective roles of presidents Yugoslav Tito, and Egypt's Gamal Abdel Nasser, and India's Jawaharlal Nehru, the impact of the consolidation of the organizational foundations of the movement through the Bandung Conference in 1955, and the Conference of Brioni in 1956, and the first conference of the movement in 1961 in Belgrade, it took the movement international circumstances to increase in number, membership and effectiveness in the international arena and it had a role in easing tensions and to call for international peace and security.Counting Brioni conference the basic building block for the emergence of the Non - Aligned Movement, as shares in the close cooperation between the Non - Aligned Movement on the scope of the Bandung Conference crystallization formats Movement and to the creation of new patterns of cooperation relations between the countries and not restricted to African and Asian countries, but also European.The Yugoslavia and its President Tito large and intimate of the Arab nation a friend, and is reflected in its support and its support for the Arab cause fair, and Neil Arab countries rightful place in politics or the economy, Yugoslav - Arab relations began to flourish since I care Tito President Abdel Nasser and liked it and raised close relationship between them, and the way I feel the issues of the Arabs and the need for access to their independence and achieve their will, so he stood beside Egypt against attacks (Israeli) and endorsed the move Egypt to arm its army and supported Egypt's nationalization of the Suez Canal because it is part of the Egyptian territory, and the back of his support in the United Nations, as supported by Egypt, and to stop against the tripartite aggression launched by France, Britain and Israel and condemned the aggression, Yugoslavia was the first country leading up to claim the intervention of the United Nations crucial to the reduction of this aggression is justified, and went out several demonstrations in Yugoslavia supported Egypt against aggression, the Egyptian people and supported volunteers, money and contributed in the international force that formed stands for the armistice lines between Egypt and Israel and clearing the channel. It contributed to the Non - Aligned Unionist support in the project, which took place between Egypt and Syria in 1958, and to stop deduced from the separation that took place in 1961, and was with Abdel Nasser in his decision not to use force against the separatists.It was of the Organization of the Non - Aligned big role in the first conference of the countries holding the Non - Aligned visited a group of African and Asian countries calls for the heads of its countries and peoples to participate in the Belgrade Conference in 1961, and select the conference the principles of the movement and it does not allow the blocs and to renounce the Cold War and the call to unity and expansion it is in the movement of 25 countries to 49 countries at the Cairo Conference, which is concerned with economic issues and the need for decolonization and the removal of military bases.What the movement's position on the Palestinian issue in the partition of Palestine stage was associated position Yugoslavia nature of the prevailing international situation that accompanied the developments in the Arab conflict - (Israel), has participated in the membership of the United Nations Committee on Palestine and presented a project called Project minority, and when the vote was taken on the partition plan refrained Yugoslavia the vote was a neutral stance, but that this attitude completely changed with the outbreak of the Cold War and the emergence of the idea of alliances in international politicsIt exposed the trick (Israeli) and appeared on the reality of colonialism base and global imperialism in the Middle East and the Mediterranean region and this is what called Yugoslavia to the need to look for new bases for its policy in the Middle East and after multiple meetings Tito with Abdel Nasser and the emergence of coordination and cooperation between Egypt and Yugoslavia began Relations landmarks unclear between Yugoslavia revolutionary Arab powers, and it tried to (Israel) achieve political gains mediated Yugoslav president due to his ties close in Egypt, but Tito refused to be based intercede with President Nasser for a peace agreement, and when the intensified crisis between Egypt and (Israel) in May 1967, Tito announced that the pressures directed against Syria and Egypt on the part of (Israel) is very dangerous, which could lead to a global clash.When proceeded (Israel) to launch an aggression against Egypt, Syria and Jordan, the fifth of June 1967 morning, Yugoslavia issued a statement strongly condemned this aggression and expressed sympathy with the struggle of the Arab peoples and criticized the government of Yugoslavia Security Council resolution No. 242 and said that reward the aggressors, as he attended the Moscow conference of the socialist countries of Europe to discuss the Middle East crisis, which condemned the aggression and confirmed European countries to support the just struggle of the Arabs, and Yugoslavia diplomatic relations with (Israel).At the United Nations level movement has always been calling for the condemnation of Israel and its demand to withdraw its troops immediately without limitation or shares condition of President Tito projects to resolve the crisis and visited Egypt, Iraq and Syria in August 1967, and another in early February 1968, but that all projects Saidh provided by the profile or the level of the Non - Aligned did not succeed in front of intransigence (Israeli) which puts obstacles in the way of a just and comprehensive peace.Movement constantly worked to support the struggle of the Palestinian Arab people through its leading role in the Non - Aligned emerged this support at the Third Conference of the Non - Aligned Movement in Lusaka in 1970, was Yugoslavia behind the historic decisions that demanded the rights of the Palestinian people, and while holding fourth conference of non - aligned countries in Algeria in 1973, Yugoslavia was in the forefront of countries which confirmed its support of the Palestinian revolution, and it was a letter of Tito in the conference in line with the struggle - line anti - imperialist forces in terms of support of the Arab people and the need to impose sanctions on (Israel) and its condemnation because of its threat to international peace and its defiance of world public opinion.In the October War in 1973, the Yugoslav government issued immediately after the outbreak of war a statement carried it (Israel) responsible for the outbreak of fighting, and demanded that the forces in favor of peace to take practical steps to help the Arab countries that are struggling for the liberation of its territory, has supplied Yugoslavia Egypt during the war with weapons necessary and ammunition them, and informed the governments of Syria and Egypt support the Government and people for the struggle of the ArabsAfter the October war strengthened the relations between Yugoslavia and the Palestinian revolution, the Palestinian leaders hosted and gave them support and assistance, and it was Tito encourages Arabs to liberate their land by force and the use of weapons, because it is the only way for them, and after the deterioration of Egyptian relations - Yugoslavian on the impact of President Sadat's visit to Jerusalem and concessions presented at the expense of the Arab Palestinian people and their rights, Tito strongly opposed the Camp David agreement because it does not take into account the interests of the people of Palestine, and we see it stays true to the struggle of the Palestinian Arab people to the day of his death on the fourth of May 1980.The positions of the Non - Aligned of Iraq was Iraq and across the stages of the history of their struggle, which expressed all the different forms, from the forefront of nations calling for the content of the non - aligned policy, but the internal events in Iraq and the political instability of it, which lasted until 17 revolution - July 30, 1968, and to system biased attitudes of the West, I have occupied from actively contribute with the rest of the peoples of the third world in the Non - Aligned movement, came in Iraq's role in the emergence of the movement and crystallized phase.However, those constraints do not permit the Iraqi people to know of his will free and independent, and personal nationalism, and his timeless Alancianah, was able to end all forms of exaggeration and underdevelopment revolution in the 17 _ July 30, 1968, and that the stems through clear, comprehensive and in - depth approach drawn his goals and principles of the new Iraqi government, to contribute to the actor in the role of the non - Aligned Movement prepared by the Iraqi government theater of the national liberation struggle of the peoples.Iraq has been keen in all conferences held by the movement after the government to be the first to call for the values and goals Alancianah noble endeavor of human to achieve them down to the world's security prevail justice and prosperity and constructive cooperation between peoples, it was also a voice loud national issues libertarian, earn higher support her.On the economic front, the March of Iraq in those conferences intensive activity, and confirmed by the need to get rid of the split to other developed countries and underdeveloped, and the need for people in control of their natural resources, and the need for cooperation of the people in this field.Iraq also has been outspoken on the unity of the movement to confirm the characteristics of liberation, and made great efforts in order to move to countries that actually seek to achieve the principles of limited, and sought to Ataatblor movement organizationally, even as the efforts of Iraq in such a way that to deepen the contribution of the movement in the international arena more deeply and all succeed, it makes it more near of their people and their needs of struggle.In spite of the keenness of Egyptian politics before the revolution of July 23, 1952 to maintain friendly ties with the West and especially the United States of America, has proceeded contrast to the spun yarn contact between them and with a neutral approach to the Asian countries, especially India and represents that its participation in New Delhi, the second in 1949 and maintaining on neutral approach to international issues that had occupied the international scene at the time.Egypt's foreign relations entered a new stage, including its relations with third countries in the world after the victory of the revolution in July 1952, Egypt has abandoned its policy of appeasement with the West, to begin a new chapter of political relations between Cairo and Third World countries. The most important and the creation of developments within several years have contributed to the drafting of the Egyptian policy directions, objectives and modus operandi involves as much as a few unexpected surprises. It was marked by Egypt's relations with the leading principle in the development of the Non - Aligned Movement to India and Yugoslavia flexibly unusual countries, it coincided spree and the United States and the Soviet Union in the Cold War. Was opening up by Egypt on the neutrality of the Afro - Asian countries, trends, and rejected the principle of Western alliances, declared this one turns that identified the Egyptian policy towards domestic and international issues.Expressed Egyptian politics policy of neutrality and non - alignment in a lot of situations, and coincided with the movement states sent into being in the wake of holding the Bandung Conference in 1955, despite the difference in some of the starting points towards the Arab and international issues at the time as an alliance of Baghdad and exciting than the reactions of Arab and different Dlah.In this context, Egypt tried to do a prominent role in the movement, as they expanded and headed by Gamal Abdel Nasser to build bridges with the movement states in order to promote the ideas of neutrality and impartiality in the Arab region especially, prompting Egyptian politics to work in order to find every opportunity through which to deploy the concept of neutrality and non - alignment between the Arab countries invested in the leading position of the Arab League.The concept of neutrality and non - alignment has a very distinct role in the overall Egyptian, Arab and regional relations. Out of appreciation Saeb of the Egyptian leadership of the importance of that concept, they tried by all means to make it an effective tool to investigate the far - reaching their goals associated with the conditions of the Cold War directly. Egyptian leadership position was not, nor the world can the third ignore secretions of this war on the ground at that point that followed in 1957, making it the third world countries a third party is actually in the midst of the events that paved the way to the emergence of the concept and the principle of non - aligned through movement international in the first summit of the movement in the Belgrade Conference in 1961. This is at a time when Egypt were not ready to link itself to any form of Western blocs, including the Baghdad Pact, which is contrary to the stated policy of the Egyptian leadership to follow the policy of neutrality and non - alignment. Leaving the direct impact on the course of relations between Cairo and Western countries were following the nationalization of the Suez war of President Gamal Abdel Nasser of the Suez Canal in 1956, the best proof of the strength and hardness stand committed to a policy of non - aligned countries.The ambitious national leadership that can be NOTE problem when Abdel Nasser, was found in the spread of the concept of neutrality and non - alignment is better given to achieve this ambition, which embodies the establishment of the United Arab Republic in 1958, which form a kind of concern for the policy of Western countries in the Middle East as long as it threatens Systems Circle in the orbit of Western policy, which contributed to the emergence of what is known as the (Arab Union) between the Hashemite family in Iraq and Jordan to reduce the importance of unity between Egypt and Syria, as well as the affected countries in the region Egyptian neutrality policy, when rapid change of Iraq revolution July 14 came in 1958 which brought down the royal regime, was quick to declare the Revolutionary Command pursued a policy of neutrality and non - aligned foreign policy declaring the Republic of Iraq, and this is what explains the Egyptian - Iraqi rapprochement before statement revolution.It may be noted that non - aligned countries have tried to build new relationships at the beginning of the sixties of the last century, based on the common goal in its policy to emerge on the international politics of an international movement that has its components Theater, and with the impact of the issues that arise at the level of Nations body United. In the first summit conference in Belgrade in 1961 and who launched the movement states it achieve its goals, including Egypt, which had differentials in its foreign policy following the collapse of unity with Syria and military intervention in Yemen to help the republican government.Focused the attention of the Egyptian leadership to strengthen its position in the axial movement, which represents Egypt to host the Conference of the Second Summit of the Movement in Cairo in 1964 at the stage of stabilization have begun to see the escalation of Israel against Arab countries and thus the war June 5 1967. Which turned out to the role of non - Alahaniaz movement in strengthening the venerable Arab side public and private Egyptian, which was reflected in the decisions taken by the United Nations body, has not seen any stage of the history of Egyptian politics and within the framework of itching that support and the support given by NAM countries to advocate for the Arab cause against the continued occupation (Israel) to the territory of Egypt and some Arab countries.Was the first summit in Belgrade provides support for the full restoration of each among the Palestinian Arab people, including spending and the Charter of the United Nations and its decisions.The second conference in Cairo in a position to develop a real Non - Aligned Movement towards the question of Palestine, and in light of the position taken most comprehensive conference which support the armed struggle for the liberation movements, the Conference decided to condemn the colonial policy in the Middle East and decide in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations.Extraordinary Congress came in Belgrade in 1969, adding to the previous resolution to condemn the occupation of Arab lands and reject annexation of land aggression and war, demanding to withdraw from all the ground, and remain the same Wish List, a lack of reference to that (Israel) that occupies the territory of the three countries. And the resolution of the third conference in Lusaka in 1970 command to confirm that the continuation of the occupation (Israel) to the territory of the three countries of the Non - Aligned Movement is a challenge to the objectives of the Non - Aligned and breach of the principles of the United Nations movement.The Fourth Conference in June 1973 titled more comprehensive than the previous decision where he became a decision situation in the Middle East Ntejhn occupation (Israel) to the territory of the non - aligned countries which threatens peace in the non - aligned countries and world peace.The fifth Summit Conference in Colombo in 1976, he stressed the need for the division of financial, military, political and moral of the PLO and Arab countries aid in their struggle against Israel.The Sixth Summit in Havana in 1979, just collect and confirm the previous resolutions that have committed themselves fully to the right of the Arab.
Summary:
References:

صناعة الغوص : الغوص وراء اللؤلؤ في الساحل العماني (1820 - 1929) : دراسة تاريخية == The Industry Of Diving : Diving For The Sake Of Pearls In The Omani Shore ( 1820 - 1929) A Historical Study

Author name: محمد حموز لفتة الحجيمي
Supervisor name: حسين كامل جابر الشاهر
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Many researchers and historians have studied the history of the Arab Gulf in general and the history of the Omani Shore ( The United Arab Emirates ) in special , but they in their study concentrate on the political aspects especially in recent times because of the appearance of oil and the area has entered a new stage with the European compete , Many of these political and social aspects need further study and inspection especially in the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century especially if they are studied each alone. This was the motivation to choose this subject. The industry of diving ( Diving for the sake of Pearls in the Omani Shore 1820 - 1929 ) , in this stage , many economical and political changes had taken place in this part of the Arab Gulf , The Emirates of the Omani Shore. The study has specified the period of ( 1820 - 1929 ) because the first date represented the agreement between Britain and the Emirates of the Omani Shore and its arrangements as the observance of quietness and stableness , also Britain had imposed its control on the economical activity of Arabs which is represented by trade because it tied the movement of their trade fleets by inspection once and by observance second , also Arabs were prevented from building big trade ships. As a result , people of the Omani Shore had to depend on another economical activities for the sake of living , so they turns to diving for the sake of pearls because it is the most important economical activity after trade. This thesis contained an introduction , a preface of the subject , four chapters and a conclusion. In the preface , the researcher has explained the importance of pearls in the economy of the Arab Gulf in general and showed its role in directing the European forces to control it because of its great role in the economy of the people of the Arab Gulf reaching the beginning of period of the research. The first chapter had studied the basic elements of diving for the sake of pearls , the researcher studied the natural , social and economical elements and showed its role in diving because of its clear effect on the activity of people. Also the researcher studied the industry of ships and their kinds because of their relation with the process of diving , in addition to the labors because they are the vital role in the industry of diving in addition to the industry of diving tools because they are the main way to achieve the work. The second chapter studied the process of taking pearls out in the Omani Shore. In it , the researcher studied the organizing and using pearls submarines and the other preparations for diving in addition to the financing of the diving voyage because it depends on the borrowed capital and specifying the diving seasons because of the period of time in which the sailors move to the submarines also the risks which face the divers and the dividing of the interests on the staff of the diving ship and the social effects of diving because it represents a conflict between Man and the environment around him. The third chapter studied the trade of pearls. The researcher discussed the development of the trade in the Arab Gulf and its reflects on the Omani Shore , also the markets of pearls were discussed because they are the last stage to achieve the work of the sailors to get benefits. The researcher talked about the merchants who are working in pearls trade whether Arabs or foreigners and their role and abilities in trade were clarified. The effect of trade on the social life also the researcher tried to give a clear picture of the economical value of pearls and their effect on the economical side. The fourth chapter discussed the political issues concerning the pearls submarines and their effects on the social and economical life. The tribal conflicts were discussed especially the conflict between Bany Yas and Al - Quasim which had a clear effect on the economical life , in addition to the escape of divers and clarifying its effect in making troubles among the Emirates. Also the political international issues concerning the pearls and the opinion of Britain of them because it is responsible of the security of the Emirates of the Omani Shore by holding the agreements and Al - Mania was the most important one , in addition to the depression of pearls trade explaining the most important reasons of it. The study had showed that the people of the Omani Shore who are working in diving for the sake of pearls were characterized with patience , courage and facing difficulties , and the diving system depends on indebtedness. This thing made merchants exploit divers by lending them money with a great interest which they couldn’t pay in the season of diving. Also this study had showed the importance of the location of the Omani Shore because it made its harbors as markets and trade centers and the ships came to it from different places. The European travelers had showed during their visits for these harbors the trading importance and this was a reason to attract the attention of the European forces. The rulers of the Omani Shore had depended during their reign on their personalities and fortunes whom they got from taxes imposed on the divers , sailors and diving ships in addition to financing the diving voyage. They had a great role in developing their Emirates and strengthen the economical activity throughout the trading prerogative and because of this fact , Dubai had appeared as the biggest trading harbor on the shore after the weakness of Al - Shariqa harbor and the disappearance of Lanja harbor. This study had showed also the foreign merchants had controlled the local markets especially the Indian and Persian merchants as they were controlling the prices of the pearls and the Sheiks did nothing to prevent them. On the contrary , they had gained prerogatives from those Sheiks and this was the reason why they directly controlled the economy of the shore and this leads to the deprivation of many of the people from working. Because of the importance of diving for the sake of pearls and its effects on the economy of the Omani Shore , people agreed to stop the military operations for four months during the big season of diving.
Summary:

التعليم في اليابان (1868 - 1912) == Education In Japan (1868 - 1912)

Author name: مثنى عبد الجبار عبود
Supervisor name: وليد عبود محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Education is a reflection to society background, philosophy and history, as well as its development and horizons for its future prospects and aspirations. In this respect, the Japanese experience has become an example that should be followed to achieve improved didactic and scientific performance. This success has been achieved so quickly that it has made Japan one of the most advanced countries. Though having a small area, tough geographical conditions and high population density, and lacking raw materials, Japan has managed to make the brains of its citizens a substitution to face lack of natural and materialistic resources. This has positively reflected on its economy growth and on its social, educational, and cultural development.There are two reasons for selection of this topic (Education in Japan 1768 - 1912) : first, it is one of the most successful experiences in the world since everyone agrees that the Japanese experience and its didactic development is an integrated and exceptional human effort which has drawn the attention and interest of the entire world. Japan, the Asian country, has broken the rule that development is associated with the West and there is no hope to enjoy development unless a person is a foreigner or an expatriate. So, this experience deserves not only to be studied once; rather, many studies should deal the educational policy of Japan. Second, most academic studies on Japan have focused on the political and economic sides and overlooked the social side of which education is the most important pillar and the effective channel in the state policy and community. To underline this, most political and economic problems are attributed to education problems. Besides, development in developed countries is considered an equilateral triangle (political, economic and social “educational” development). It is known that development of the social aspect positively reflects on the political and economic aspects, and vice versa. Thus, education is pivotal in the development process in any developed country including Japan. The period covered by the thesis is 1868 - 1912; the first date (1868) is the date of accession of Emperor Mutsuhito (1868 - 1912) to the throne. The reign of this Emperor is known is Meiji. He was committed to the fifth principle of the Imperial Charter Oath : “Knowledge shall be sought throughout the world so as to strengthen the foundations of imperial rule”. This Charter marks the end of two centuries of solitude. It has made Japan open to international and regional countries. The second date represents end of the Meiji Era where Japan reached to an advanced stageof education development. Japan completed the foundation of the education structure starting from kindergartens to imperial universities.The hypothesis that the thesis deals with is an attempt to explore and analyze data and information about the development of education in Japan up to 1912, and review its basic elements and key factors of its rise. It also explores the effect of struggle between traditional and modern education, and plans developed by the government and stance of the Emperor to these plans. The researcher adopted the scientific, analytical and historical approach, and tried to reconcile between the historical sequence and unity of subject to reach objective and accurate answers. The thesis consists of four chapters, conclusion and annexes. The first chapter deals with roots of education in Japan up to 1868. It involves three topics : the first one tracks development of education during the reign of Nara and Heian (710 - 1185), changes in the reigns of Kamkura and Muromachi (1185 - 1568), and reign of Azuchi Momoyama (1568 - 1600). The second topic include education in the era of early Tokugawa (1600 - 1853); it shows the educational policy adopted by the shogun Ieyasu Tokugawa (1603 - 1615) to reform education; explores his disputes with opponents; reviews the effect of solitude of Japan of education during the years 1616 - 1786; and outlines the effect of tribal schools and First Opium War on education (1787 - 1853). The third topic focuses on reviewing development of Education in the Tokugawa Era (1853 - 1868), outlining the effect of Perry expedition in wakening up the Japanese nation of the dormant Chinese thinking, directing them to explore mysteries of modern western education and sciences (1853 - 1868), and getting acquainted with the role of foreign missionaries and Japanese scholars in the development of education (1859 - 1868) and their role in introducing modern sciences which had contributed to preparing Japanese education elite that, in turn, encouraged Japanese to the west, resulting in increased scholarships to the west and Europe to get closer picture of the development of modern science (1863 - 1868).The second deals with the beginnings of modern education in Japan (1868 - 1877). It includes three topics; the first involves the attempts to reform government education as a result of a call by the Meiji Emperor in 1868, and the effect of his call to open old schools and seeking foreign assistance to develop and modernize these schools. The second topic deals with education modernization projects, including establishment of the Ministry of Education and development of the first Educational Plan (Gakusei), as well as the lwakura expedition and its impact on revising the Educational Plan and encouraging women education and establishment of educational associations. The third topic copes with teacher preparation, establishment of normal schools for female and male teachers, development of curricula, and problems facing implementation of the plan.Chapter three tackles establishment of the Japan University and development of education plans (1877 - 1885). It includes three topics. The first topic involves establishment of Japan University and development of a proposed second National Education Plan (1877 - 1880). It also includes an overview of the impact of People for Liberty Movement and stance of the Emperor of this Movement. Topic two deals with the steps for the review and development of the third National Education Plan (1880 - 1885). Topic three involves development of the fourth Education National Plan (1885 - 1890), its announcement, implementation and stance of the Emperor to it. Chapter four tackles development of modern education in Japan (1890 - 1912). It includes three topics; the first highlights development of the education system in primary schools by issuance of new legislation. These include kindergartens and primary and secondary schools. The second chapter sheds light on the education system in the secondary schools, normal schools which graduate professional staff to meet the need of education expansion in primary and intermediate schools and vocational schools and its impact on the Japan economy, as well as, female high schools and their role on the education of women. The third topic deals with the development of high education institutions which are preparatory schools for those wishing to complete study after university; it also deals with private schools and imperial universities since these are high academic institutions for graduating social, economic and administrative elites to serve in and develop different state institutions.The researcher used considerable number of references, official Japanese documents developed in English by the Ministry of Education, as well as many other documents, letters, Arabic and English theses, periodic both magazines and newspapers. The Arabic and Foreign books, researches and studies, and foreign encyclopedias have contributed so much to this thesis by providing valuable information
Summary:
References:

عبد الحسن زلزلة ودوره الاقتصادي والدبلوماسي == Abdul Hassan Zalzala Economic And Diplomatic Role

Author name: لمى محمود رشيد العبيدي
Supervisor name: عفراء عطا عبد الكريم الريس
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This study deals with the character of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala as homage to this figure which has contributed in his intellectual role to confront the political and economic phenomena of the era following the monarchy (the republican era). This stage of history includes many of the political, economic and social events on the national and Regional levels. Among the negative phenomena which Abdul - Hassan Zalzala is putting the right solutions for the problems. That appeared in his economic proposition in relation to the financial economic aspect inherited from the monarchy regime. He focused on the relation of Iraq to the sterling zone and the effect of that on the political structure of the country. That person worked in the shades and was not concentrated on because of his nature and one side and the overwhelming of other people on the other. The study is divided into an introduction, a preface, four chapters and a conclusion. The Preface entitled “Abdul - Hassan Zalzala the Family upbringing and the social and intellectual character,” also which we tackled the cultural and intellectual composition. Chapter One traced the beginnings of the work of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala in the state of Iraq and his political attitudes in some of the internal issues. It includes a brief account of his work in Iraq and some of the attitudes towards the internal political issues. Chapter Two studies the propositions of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala in the structure of the Iraqi economy. It includes the relation of Iraq with the Sterling zone and the monetary opinions of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala. Chapter Three is devoted to the views of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala of the Arab economic integration and his intellectual products in the economic field. It includes the common Arab work and the chapter also shows the most outstanding writings of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala in the economic field. The study was concludes with Chapter Four by treating the activity of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala in the diplomatic career and his work in the Arab League. It includes the work of Abdul - Hassan Zalzala as an ambassador in Iran and Egypt and the Arab League 1976 - 1988. Abdul - Hassan Zalzala did not ignore in his opinions the Arab side and the burden on the political decision to condense the common Arab work and the development of the light of a comprehensive integrated imagining putting the national aims in the advance position, specially the interior developmental aim is the first obstacle for achieving the required development. He sees that when speaking about the Arab common integration, we should put in advance the efforts made to achieve this Arab common integration which did not become at best in the form of economic cooperation. It is very minor compared to the relations of the Arabs with the external world. The opinions and proposes of Abdul - Hassan Zazlala and his attitudes towards some of the political issues is undoubtedly represent reform course that represents solutions to these to say the least.
Summary:
References:

السياسة السوفيتية تجاه القرن الافريقي 1963 - 1978 == Soviet Policy Towards The Horn Of Africa 1963 - 1978

Author name: قيس عدنان عودة الفهداوي
Supervisor name: سمية امين ياسين
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The Somali - Ethiopian conflict over the province of Ogaden and the Ethiopian strong ties with the US were reasons for the intervention of the Soviet Union in the African Horn. Traditionally, the intervention of Moscow came by a way of an agreement to supply military support to Somali in 1963, and the development in the military cooperation between the two countries after the coup of 1969 which brought the General Mohammed Siad Barre into power. The beginning of the Seventies witnessed a huge increase in the Somali military power. In 1974, the policy of Moscow reached its peak, and that same year witnessed the first test for its survival under changeable conditions. The Soviet Union formalized its relations with Somali throughout the peace and friendship treaty in the midst of 1974. Almost successively, the Ethiopian revolution caused the end of the imperial regime in September 1974.Thus, the emperor Hilasilasi was replaced by a military council known by the name Derek which announced its enmity to the Western front and its support for the Eastern front. At the beginning, the Soviet Union policy towards Ethiopia was characterized by caution because Ethiopia was still dependent on the American support and the Soviet Union did not want to agitate the Somali enmity. But the change in the Soviet attitude was underway when Mangistu named president of the military council in February 1976.The Soviet found in him a loyal friend who since his arrival into power announced his will to accelerate the revolutionary march and the socialist inclination of Ethiopia. The Soviet Union began considering what problems its relations with Ethiopia may have on its relations with Somali. The Soviet Union wants to keep its domination on Somali and at the same time to get more powerful in Ethiopia. For the Soviet leadership, it is clear that the development which can threaten that Soviet ambition and which was beginning to take form after 1974, is the fighting which broke out between Somali and Ethiopia because this will enforce the Soviet Union to choose between the two countries. In an attempt to avoid this situation, the Soviets sought, in March 1977, to establish a confederal union including the three socialist countries; Somali, Ethiopia, and Southern Yemen with Djibouti to be added in the future. According to a suggestion written and signed under Soviet guarantee to supply economic and military support for this union. Therefore the regions of tension in Eretria and the province of Ogaden will be given self - rule inside and within the ongoing border arrangements of Ethiopia. The Somali president, Said Barry, strongly refused this suggestion and affirmed that the union could only be established when all the nations would be able to have the right of self - determination. This practically means that Eretria must be member of this union by its own right and Western Somali is to join the union either as a separate entity or as a part of Somali. The Somali president was content that there is a golden chance to seize Ogaden and to annex it to Somali since the ruling council in Ethiopia was busy with an extending internal opposition to the regime and was also obliged to devote most of the military abilities to Eretria Province, where the Eritrean rebels launched a violent war of separation and succeeded in their control over 80% of their lands after badly defeating the Ethiopian army. The key ports on the Red Sea came under the threat of the Eritrean resistance. Added to this, the Western Somali Liberation Front (Ogaden), which was supported by the Somali government, declared war against Ethiopia. Since its independence in 1960, Somali was thinking of seizing Ogaden and for the first time, it was more well - armed than its Ethiopian counterparts. Will the president, Said Barry, fail to take action and let the golden chance slip from him for the sake of the Soviet promises of self - rule of Ogaden —a promise may never be possibly kept by the Soviets. When the fight broke out between Somali and Ethiopia as a result of the Somali attack on Ogaden in July 23rd 1977, the Soviet Union took sides with Ethiopia. Moscow launched the biggest air and sea bridge (after the October war) to transport weapons and military equipments to Ethiopia. The American intelligence estimated the size of the military equipment which Moscow provided Ethiopia about 61,000 ton and the overall value of the Soviet loads about one billion dollars.11000 Cuban soldiers were sent to Ethiopia. In an unprecedented step, Moscow sent two of its high profile generals to take part in planning and managing the war which ended with the defeat of Somali and its withdrawal from Ogaden in March 9th 1978. The Soviet did not achieve their supreme goals but their policy did not bring them heavy loss. Although losing Somali meant for them the loss of their biggest military bases outside the Warsaw League, the final outcome was positive for the Soviet policy because Moscow won a new and important position in Ethiopia. In November 1978, Mangistu visited Moscow and signed a 20 - year - agreement of friendship and cooperation which established the allegiance between the Soviet Union and Ethiopia which was one of the important circles of the American influence. Ethiopia also has a coast on the Red Sea, so this can provide the Soviet Union with institutions which equal in their value what the Soviets lost in Somali. Added to that, the Ethiopian population is seven times larger than the Somali's, its national income is eight times larger than the Somali's, its area is twice larger than the Somali's, and its natural resources are more abundant and its influence in Africa is wider.
Summary:
References:

امير اسد الله علم ودوره السياسي في ايران 1962 - 1977 : دراسة تاريخية == Amir Asadullah Alam And His Political Role In Iran, 1962 - 1977 )Historical Study)

Author name: فهد سوادي فهد الزيادي
Supervisor name: نعيم جاسم محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: Amir Asadullah Alam is considered an important modern Iranian political figure. He was different from his contemporary politicians by his close and special relationship with Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi who trusted him with his various secrets and made himenjoy advantages unattainable by others on account of the background in which he lived and his family's intimacy with Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi's family.Amir Asadullah took up many ministries and administrative posts since 1944 when he held the position of Minister of Agriculture in Mohammad Saeed Muragheh's cabinet. When the cabinet resigned, he worked as an inspector at the Ministry of Interior and thus he was changing government posts until 1957 when he was entrusted by the Shah to form a new political part named Murdam i.e. People party to constitute a line of formal opposition to the Shah's regime and lend a democratic character to his rule and politics. Accordingly, Amir Asadullah worked on forming and organizing such party and presided it till 1962. On July 19th 1962, Amir Asadullah Alam was entrusted with forming a cabinet replacing Amini's. His cabinet continued working till March 7th 1964. During that period, Iran witnessed political and economic developments as a result of applying the articles of economic reforms (White Revolution) and the political developments accompanying them are represented by the rejection and violence wave for those reforms by a big section of the Iranian people, especially clergymen.After the resigning of Amir Asadullah Alam's cabinet on March 7th 1964, he was ordered by Shah Mohammad Riza Behlavi to hold the post as a chancellor of Behlavi University in Shiraz. He was the chancellor of the university till his resign in 1977 because of his having cancer. He died in 1978. When he was holding the Ministry of Royal Court, he had significant attitudes towards local and foreign policies at that time
Summary:
References:

وزارة المعارف العراقية 1920 - 1958 : دراسة تاريخية == The Iraqi Ministry Of Knowledge 1920 - 1958 Historical Study

Author name: فلاح حسن كزار عباس
Supervisor name: كريم مراد عاتي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Ministry of education considered as one of important Iraqis' offices which formed in Iraq for the period 1920 - 1958, it's important was that it’s the only one that responsible about preparation and build generations , and support all state institutions and it's offices with the functional individual scientific and administrative , that reflect it'd scientific and civilized role and the range of progress of Iraq in both levels in internal & external.The study of ministry in it’s administrative sides in that period was not discussed in the other studies , which stimulate the researcher for study it, also the administrative sides for any ministry have the important which many of modern academic study concentrate on it, to know the structure organization of the ministries, from it's specialized offices and the officials that operated and their scientific and educational specialism, and how many wealth which assigned from public budgetary of state for it's scientific and administrated duty and that reflect the size of administrate development and other.The ministry have seen many administrative development , at the beginning with direct British occupation (1914 - 1921) , at the period (1914 - 1918), it's works relative with (incomings officials ) in Basra and Baghdad , on August 1918, it's become as establishment named as ( public knowing attendance), when Iraqi temporary kingdom has been established in 23 august 1921, it's been self - governing ministry when ministry of health has been separated, and know it's named as (Ministry of knowledge ) it still as that until the royal regime has been drop down on 14/July/1958. Offices whose managed this ministry development it's administrated works and continue with global growth has been founded in this field , specially form whose of them that have superior specialized certification, also they called for (international committee) for help in put plans that making the rising of it's works.The works that accepted from ministry have the clear role in put the first basis of acts and instructions for the Ministry of knowledge in Iraq , and establishment of natural foundations and specialized the work of ministry and it's officials , when we see the historical stage , the level of scientific progress and the general situation in the country
Summary:
References:

تجارة الرقيق في شرق افريقيا والخليج العربي (1820 - 1914) == The Slave Trade In East Africa And The Arabian Gulf 1820 - 1914

Author name: فادية جمعة اسماعيل العبادي
Supervisor name: احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Slavery knew since ancient times, its age estimated as long as history, its treatment varied from people to another, and Islam came and found slavery vested in the social and economic entity, it did not canceled at once, but rather sought to drain its resources and the expansion of its banks, and slavery was known in the African continent, which was spending the each other, and the Arabs knew the African slavery and traded it on a small scale, but the expansion of trade is done by Europeans in the modern ages through their geographically discovery which leads them to the African continent , so they have to trade slavery for four centuries, and the slave trade increased after the discovery of America.The West worked in the slave trade in West Africa, while the Arabs worked in the east of the continent, and what increased the Arab needs at the beginning of the 19th century is to plant the cloves trees and the increased need to the working labor, and the Arabs used the internal roads to get to the center of the continent and bring slave to the coastal areas in the east of Africa, Zanzibar became the main center of the slave trade, and then transferred it to the Arabic Gulf.Britain tried to prohibit that trade Olive to human causes, while the prohibition not for that reason as it says, but to extend its control and influence over the region, and to protect its economic and political interests, as well as to fight the French influence and to prevent its spread in the Arabic Gulf and East Africa, and to hit and weaken the Omani coast tribes and weaken the denominators, and dismantling of the African - Arab sultanate. In spite of the Britain procedures to prevent the slave trade and the abolition of slavery later, but the trade continued until the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th century, but there are documents that confirm the continuation of trade until the forties of the 20th century through smuggling.And required nature of the subject is divided into an introduction and preliminary and four chapters and a conclusion, according to historical research methodology, turning in the boot to the definition of slavery and the historical dimension of slavery, servitude, slave conditions and their treatment, and enslavement methods. The first chapter it has meant the impact of geographic interdependence between East Africa and the Arabian Gulf and its role in the development of trade between them, and the impact of geographic explorations in the European slave trade, chapter II focused on the role of Zanzibar in the growth of the slave trade and its role as a Center for the slave trade between the Interior of the continent's coastal and Gulf sources. internal and external trade and slave track, markets, prices, and the volume of the slave trade , And economic viability, as well as the work of slaves, and the role of the Indian community in the slave trade, The third chapter was devoted to the study of British policy in the fight against the slave trade in the Arabian Gulf and East Africa in the first half of the nineteenth century. And the fourth and final chapter of Britain's role in the total abolition of the slave trade and slavery in the second half of the th century.
Summary:
References:

موقف الامم المتحدة من العراق خلال حربي الخليج الاولى والثانية 1980 - 1993م == Thesis Title The United Nations Attitude Towards Iraq In The First And Second Gulf War (1980 - 1893)

Author name: عمر عناد حمود
Supervisor name: فواز مطر نصيف
General topic: History
Degree: Master
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The study contains an introduction, an introductory chapter and four chapters followed and a list of sources and seferences. The first chapter entitled : the situation of the united nations regarding traq during the first Gulf war (1980 - 1993 ). It discussed the events and developments of the first gulf war and the resulting decisions issued by the security council to deal with these decisions, it discussed the situation of the permanent members within the international organization, it sheds light on the decision No. (589) issued in 1987.The second chapter : the private interests of the permanent members of the security council and its impact on the united nations " decisions regarding the first gulf war". The chapter also discusswd the political, economic and military interests and the private goals of the five permanent members of the security council and its impact on the united nations decisions concerning the first gulf war and the five permanent member countries attempt to exploit its influence within the organization to achieve its goals.The third chapter : the situation of the united nations regarding Iraq since Kuwait invasion and until cease - fire decision ( 1980 - 1991 ). It discusses the events and developments of the second gulf war since the Iraqi invasion of Kuwait on the second of august 1990 and the resulting decisions issues by the security council to deal with these events until the security council decision no. (687 ) of ceasing fire.The fourth chapter : international sanctions and their impact on the demarcation of the Iraq - Kuwait borders ( 1990 - 1993 ). It discusses the international sanctions issued by the security council against Iraq in accordance with its decisions scince the decision (661) passing the decisions of building safe areas in north and south Iraq and reparations imposed on it and the impact of these sanctions on the Iraq people and the process of demarcation of the Iraq - Kuwait broders, according to Security Council decision No.(833) issued in 1988.Several resources have been adopted in the study : Published and unpublished documents, a variety of arab and foreign studies on the same subject of the study, in addition to a number of arab and foreign reviews publications.We cannot see the situation and the behavior of the united nations Iraq as a normal and regular one, the united nations of the first and second gulf war containment have witnessed different situations regarding Iraq.Its space and timid interval in the first gulf war reflects a state of negligence towards a major regional crisis and allowed it to continue for eight connecting years until the security council issued the decision no.These factors overlapped and produced reactions and movements which seem to be contradictory during the two wars if we assumed that the United Nations has a free decision, which was proved to be not free one by the movement of the permanent member countries. What makes the UN interval into Iraq and special thing guring the two Gulf wars is that fully achieved its goals despite the suffering that the Iraqi people had witnessed.
Summary:
References:

ولايـة المـوصـل 1032 - 1139هـ/1623 - 1726م : دراسة في اوضاعها الادارية والاقتصادية والسياسية == Mosul State 1032 - 1139H - 1623 - 1726 Ac A Study Of Its Administrative, Economic And Political Circumstances

Author name: عماد كريم عباس جواد الراوي
Supervisor name: عبد الرحيم ذو النون زويد الحديثي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The importance of the study of history of political, administrative and economic state of the connector during the period 1623 - 1726 in being the missing link from the date of Mosul as many researchers avoid dealing with the midst of research on the history of Mosul, in the era of the scarcity of sources of books , researches, and articles dealing with the history of the state on the one hand and locked to mention a lot of developments in the political, administrative and economic which saved by the Ottoman official documents on the other hand, which prompted me to research the history of Mosul in that period in order to complete the academic study progress along with other scholarly clear picture about the history of Mosul has divided the study to preface and five chapters.The preface has dealt with the strategic location of the mandate of Mosul being the link between the mountainous region the region of plains as well as it occurs on the line of rain provided her with the possibility of agriculture also addressed the subject of Mosul to Ottoman rule and the reasons that led to the conflict Ottoman - Persian around Mosul; as well as the political, administrative, and economiccircumstances, witnessed by Mosul during the sixteenth century as taking account of Mosul in a number of Ottoman Empire campaigns against the recalcitrance of southern and northern Iraq while in the administrative side has shed the light on the transmission of Mosul from Sandzak follow the mandate of Diyarbakir to an independent mandate includes a number of Alsnagq at the time that pointed to anything depends Musli economy with mention of some of the industries that were dishonored by the craftsmen of Mosul and thr trade that merchants has been activated on both internally and externally.In the first chapter reviewed the political and military situation, as Mosul witnessed relatively stability in their political status throughout the seventeenth century, which impact upon the strength layer objects, reducing the stability to the disorder represents some strife and revolutions that Mosul witnessed in the first quarter of the eighteenth century, as well as exposure of Mosul to Bedouins and Kurds attacks and Aldasnah tribes attacked villages in Mosul more than once, not to mention the attacks on the villages of Mosul by Bedouin nomads and non - mobile workers such as Arbab pro.I have reviewed in the first chapter the movement ofMahdaviat of a religious nature and the role of Mosul in the elimination of that movement as well as the governor of Amadiyah as well as its role in the elimination of rebellions carried out by Albbh Kurdish tribes inShahrazourparties and otherrecalcitrances in the center of Iraq, such as rebellion son long in Baghdad, not to mention the significant role that Musel contributed in all campaigns sent by the Ottoman Empire to the center and south of Iraq to eliminate the recalcitrance of Al Afrasiab and every franchiser and Almhasain and Alkhozaal and all Zabid also reviewed the role of non - combat forces to Mosul and goal rescued Baghdad from flooding witnessed in the seventeenth century.The second chapter is marked by (the role of Mosul in campaigns recovery and rebellions external) studied through several axes of movement was a rebellion BakrSobashi in the forefront of those axes being the reason that inset the Ottoman Empire in the wars of Baghdad recovery that was exposed to the occupation of the Persian on the impact of the movement as well as other axes was the role played by Musel in the greatestAlsader Hafiz Ahmed Pasha campaign in 1626 AD, and the campaign of the Grand Vizier Khosrow Pasha in 1629, and the campaign of Sultan Murad IV in 1638, not to mention the financial support provided by Mosul to the forces of Ottoman fighting in fronts "and that" the goal of quantities oil and tar sent there in 1634 , also studied Alnjaddatthat Musel was sending out to its neighboring regions when exposed to attack Persian has led to a Mosul military force to rescue Ardalan, which came under attack by Persian forces in 1636.That chapter also highlighted the significant role that Mosul contributed in the campaigns of Kermanshah and Hamadan through the active involvement of the Mosul forces in those campaigns as well as material support goal funded armies of campaign Kermanshah and Hamadan, let alone a detailed study showed that Musel has effective posts in eliminating the rebellions of Foreign Affairs was the involvement of forces of Mosul in eliminating the rebellion Abaza Hassan Pasha in Anatolia and the recalcitrance of the Abbasids in Aleppo.Addressed the third chapter is marked by "administrative status" within the mandate of Mosul and administrative changes experienced over the seventeenth century and of the separation of some Alsnagq and insert another depending on the political developments witnessed by Iraq at the time as a result of the wars of the Ottoman - Persian since shrunk sanjaks mandate of Mosul to three sanjaks the end of the seventeenth century as well as the handling of the administrative body and the head governor and the powers granted to him and duties him to do it and when to grant the first Wally of the governors of Mosul rank of minister and the relationship of the governor populated and encroachments some of them on the population in Mosul since gained Muslims and Christians alike not to mention the handling of administrative tasks to the staff of the governor. He has treated this chapter the powers of the judge and Duties of Man and the corruption that has reached institution of the judiciary in Mosul as a result of being subject to a commitment as well as treatment for the position of mufti to be considered Assistant to the judge in various transactions legal and muftis in Mosul are the product of their local schools as highlighted some families conductivity, which took Ifta the isms Hanafi and Shafi'i not to mention that he presented a study brief union supervision and when appeared for the first time, functions and tasks assigned to implement Captain supervision of Mosul and any family conductivity is limited to those syndicate the layer objects were within the themes studied in this chapter as it touched on the emergence of that layer and the influence that exercised in the management of the state and the reasons that prompted the Ottoman Empire to establish advisory councils at a time when study focused on the military establishment, represented troop softening and the number Ortadtha and their names and abuses carried out by those forces against the population of Mosul, who is integrated a lot of them within the forms of those forces in pursuit of them for the salvation of those infringements as well as other items that were part of the institution of which the local forces, especially the singles and special forces associated with the person of the governor and the feudal forces that formed the backbone of the military institution in the state of Mosul.The fourth chapter is marked by "a system of land and agriculture in Mosul," dealt with the study of processes of comprehensive survey conducted by the Ottoman Empire on the territory of Mosul and classification of land resulting from these operations as divided the territory in Mosul to the three types of main territory of Miri, and Waqf land, and sole proprietorships as the study focused on the way the approach adopted Ottoman state represented by annexing a lot of villages in Mosul and farms to properties Alhmioneh and those who were granted those Alaqtaat as well as the study of the nature of the agricultural land, there are villages and farms, communities and the comparison between imports with a focus on some farms has increased its imports from the villages, or that some groups increased its imports from the villages and farms, it is what is Zaaamt groups and villages what is Timar. Also addressed the factors affecting the agriculture and what those factors and the impact it has had on the agricultural side, there are wars Ottoman - Persian and movements Aljellalah that stood obstacle to the progress of agriculture in Mosul, as well as taxes that have worked on the migration of large numbers of peasants of Mosul as a result of their inability to pay those taxes, let alone natural factors of attacks puppies Najdi, droughts, no rain and cold waves that have long ruled the Cereals Mosul has also addressed the types of agricultural crops, which is famous for its villages and farms Mosul food, including commercial as well as attention to raising cattle and horses and cows and the system of the commitment that was the most important themes chapter has concentrated study in which the reasons that led to his appearance and what proportion of investors Almousliyn of agricultural land under that system and families that have invested the bulk of the territory of Mosul, according to the system Amalikana which replaced the system of commitment to the beginning of the eighteenth century, and finally made a chapter a detailed study on the quality of taxes agricultural land and structures based on them.The Search Chapter V, which is marked as "industrial system and trade" through the types of craft industries in Mosul as focused on the textile industry so that Mosul was one of the largest cities Exporting fabric at the beginning of the means of production and transmission industry cloth muslin Musli to some Asian cities and European as well as the submission brief study of the types of other industries not to mention presenting a detailed study of varieties craft that was governing the work of artisans and duties assigned to them and the problems faced by those varieties factors influencing the industry has been a focus in which infringements of softening that have had a wide impact in the lack of progress in the formulation of Mosul craft .The trading system has been the main focus II, who was based upon the study within that chapter, as examined through internal trade has been to focus on the reasons that led to the prosperity of this type of trade between Mosul and surrounding villages or between Mosul and other Iraqi cities as well as discuss transit trade which picked out of Mosul during the seventeenth century and the first quarter of the eighteenth century and returned its economic benefits as well as its foreign trade, which has increased its activity with the beginning of the seventeenth century and focus search on articles traded with Aleppo and trade activity with those of the state, let alone eat their trade with Diyarbakir, which has seen a remarkable development in this century through the factors influencing trade, represented by the taxes and the method of collection and the corruption of the staff of customs has won the trade routes of great interest in the study and contributed to its active role in the activity of Commerce has acquired Mosul, a network of roads linked them to other cities made it easier the communication process with those cities accept transportation used to transport goods between the cities of Mosul and that trade with them according to the nature of the routes for trade caravans
Summary:
References:

وزارة التربية العراقية : دراسة في تطور الهيكل الاداري والتنظيمي 1968 - 1979 == Iraqi Ministry Of Education Study In The Development Of Administrative And Organizing From Work 1968 - 1979

Author name: عدنان عبد الحسين حمد الحسيني
Supervisor name: نعيم جاسم محمد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: After changing of the political system of Iraq in the 17th of July,1968 they tried to return back forming the educational aims for the administrative and educational organization in Iraq and one of most prominent aim is forming aboard for educational planning in 1969 and constructing educational committees for studying the reality of education in different stages, and with the help of other ministries. The government contributed by holding study cycles for treating problems which encounter the administrative organization. One of the cycles is the study that ensured on putting plan for generalizing primary education 1971. In the shed of that importance, the ministry of education considers one of the miseries and government institutes that has different takes and responsibilities which are educational and administrative. It contributed in solving many problems. The Education Ministry wanted to supply the administrative staffs with efficient employees which made them use many scientific person to raise the level of the administrative staffs by opening sessions yearly in administration accounts, storehouse. The ministry started early in developing the administrative staff through studies that aim to create the good way for solving problems that encounter administration. help connection and also scientific help with other Arab and foreign countries and international educated organization and introducing finance for these countries and supplying them with teachers to fill the defeat in their numbers, Also the ministry contributed in changing the study curricula and increasing the agricultural exchanging between the countries. The administrative side made affect in supporting the Iraqi economy through efforts that the ministry introduced them disposing of un education through overall international campaigns which made facilities for finding professional experiences for raising the productive and economic level for Iraqi workers. educated administration through the strong connection with the political side and putting laws and organizations and decisions that contributed in disposing of doubly in the school through constructing many school in the city centers and countryside and disposing of the problems of decreasing in preparation of teachers the ministry supplied many Arab countries with Iraqi efficient teachers and dealing with the problems of teaching in the countryside, The ministry prepared the plans and programs during 1968 - 1979 to achieve the required scientific level. In the administration , the ministry did many changes in administration and curriculum through making rules and decisions according to philosophy of new system. One of these rules the law of education ministry number (124)in 1971 and the system of ministry number (13) in 1972 which limited the administrative hierarchy for the ministry and it contributed in finding new departments are different in their work of what was in the previous system.
Summary:
References:

الحركة الفكرية اللبنانية1920 - 1958 == The Lebanese Intellectual Movement 1920 - 1958

Author name: عداي ابراهيم مجيد حوران
Supervisor name: جاسم محمد عبد الشجيري
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
University: University of Anbar
Language: Arabic
University location: Anbar
First pages:
Abstract: The study found that intellectual movement in Lebanon is an independent branch represents a modern phenomenon that has played a major role in the establishment of systems of political, social and cultural ideas, so the regimes based on the thought of calling him, and any system breaks down if only behind the thought of calling torn down.`The study confirmed that intellectual movement is made up of two components of science and knowledge and it helps people to liberate themselves from colonialism and exploitation, injustice and ignorance, to get to the new thinking leap in the life of the Lebanese society happens.Lebanese intellectual movement originated from the various levels of existence in the community between the West and the Arab and Islamic concepts included the historic conflict, several factors contributed to the expansion of the Lebanese intellectual renaissance, a movement of religious reform that included intellectual renaissance in literature and the arts, science and reform of education and unite Muslims and to address the invasion of intellectual colonialism, as well as the ideas of the French Revolution and the campaign of Napoleon to Egypt and the Levant and reforms Muhammad Ali, those were points of convergence with the European ideas that entered Lebanese society by missionaries and foreign missions, religious, had this role in the intellectual movement through a translator operations, in addition to the impact of the printing press and associations literary.The study concluded that the reflection of the situation of Lebanon's public intellectual life that has been split into different directions in the first half of the twentieth century, when the French authorities announced the birth of the State of Greater Lebanon in 1920, there was the impact of intellectual about the private and public identity of Lebanon which has been described (Civil), positions varied intellectual and trends and political in Lebanon in the declaration of the new entity, the call for ideas unionist and advocate of Lebanese nationalism , Sought the pioneers of the intellectual movement in Lebanon to bring rapprochement and unification of opinion in the face of the French occupation policy, focusing their activity pro - independence and the withdrawal of foreign troops, achieved - author of the National Charter, which collect all the intellectuals, and agreed to submit their national interest over personal interest, Thinkers succeeded in Lebanese Charter grabbing independence from French occupation in November 1943, in addition to the return of Lebanon to the Arab world and to pursue a policy (not east not west) and took the Arabic language as an official language of the country instead of the French language, as was the intellectual movement in the evacuation of full French troops from Lebanon in 1946.The most important things that I explained during the study, the significant role of the basic necessities of Intellectual Movement in Lebanon, the main pillars of the elements of the intellectual, cultural and humanitarian development, contribute to education in strengthening the awareness and promote the intellectual future generations to do its part in building a modern state and the dissemination of science and knowledge and the consolidation of national unity, intellectual, mental and aspirations, Education develops ideas and directions of the human mind to the right path and has a clear impact on the growth of scientific, literary and scientific renaissance in Lebanon, and that this renaissance did not come until after the emergence of schools and scientific institutions and universities, graduated from the leaders of thought in the field of literature and language, thought and clerics and intellectuals contributed to the leadership of schools Lebanese society, the Lebanese press contributed to the intellectual and cultural life, as thinkers and writers met on their pages, the best and the most powerful means of communication and the promotion of intellectual, pioneers of the intellectual movement in the press and scientific fields found a platform for the dissemination of political, literary, religious and social ideas and means to address the issues affecting that ran the country, encouraged and developed ideas and human potential through writings, promised to press a platform for the dissemination of science and thought and appearance of the elements of the Lebanese intellectual movement, it all led to ascend Lebanon forefront of Arab countries in the intellectual movement, not only the role of men intellectual movement in Lebanon only, but on the Arab world, have had multiple productions intellectual and privileged position towards the Arab issues such as the Palestinian cause and the cause of Arab unity and Egyptian issues, the issue of rejection of Western alliances in the region, led to contact and meet the intellectual and cultural ascend to Lebanon modern intellectual movement.The study stressed the importance of the emergence of intellectual trends and flocked under the leadership of the leading figures in modern and contemporary Arab thought, especially after the success in the process of changing the movement of thought Arab and Islamic society and raising awareness in the hearts of the Arab nation by inviting them to intellectual freedom, and this is called intellectual renaissance which means emissions new are rejected what cushions and in control of thought and culture and frameworks social in the formation and development of the Lebanese intellectual trends, crystallized these intellectual trends, the most prominent religious reformist Islamic trend, the national trend, the Arab nationalist trend, Marxist and socialist direction, each direction has attracted supporters and supporters from Notepad elements, headed orientations those to modernize the political community in all fields of contemporary intellectual renaissance.Finally, it can be concluded that most of the Lebanese intellectual trends formed early task of intellectual life, identified and opinions thinkers ideas through a review of all the thinking and determine the positions of the intellectual struggle and ideological facilities, these trends that has spread in Lebanon at the time, so I got a collision intellectual and political among those trends and patrons, through what was presented on the history of intellectual movement and the multiplicity of trends in Lebanon, Lebanon has done its part in the broadcast of the Arab thought, making the thinkers of the Arab world to Lebanon a major milestone for the construction of the contemporary Arab character, affected and hired to serve their communities, I look forward to sons the Iraqi people to take from the Lebanese experience he studied, and waited until the day that the intellectual and political trends rise to the embodiment of national unity among the Iraqi people, and concern for the future of Iraq and its present and miss an opportunity to regional and international countries that seeks to disrupt the unity of Iraq.
Summary:
References:

دور المؤسسة الدينية في الثورة الدستورية الايرانية 1905 - 1911

Author name: عبد الله لفتة حالف البديري
Supervisor name: خضير مظلوم فرحان البديري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: The Constitutional Revolution In Iran (1905 - 1911) is a significant historical event whose influence has gone farther than the scope of Iran to the degree that it was regarded as the genuine starting point which marked the end of the Qajari regime of Iran , in addition to being a helping factor in the following revolutions which broke out in the neibouring countries which were suffering from opressive regimes. It is noteworthy that the role of religious institution in this revolution has bestowed it with a special feature which made it the principal dynamo for each and every political event on the Iranian scene. This religious feature has distinguished the revolution and made it cope to a great extent with the new Iranian liberal ideas and orientations , therefore , the Iranian Constitutional Revolution is but a landmark in the modern history of Iran , whether in its revolutionary style or in its results. Simultaneously,the significance and influence of the religious institution can not be separated in its leadership from following a pateriotic policy which has so long opposed intensively the deserted styles used by the Qajari regime. In this regard , it has achieved a number of victories which played a great role in restraining that regime and restricted its influence ,especially in handling Iranian internal affairs. Thus ,the council and the constitution imposed by the relligious institution together with the Iranian Pateriotic Movement was regarded one of the important gains at that time. Not only this , but also the religious institution has greately affected the development of internal events to the extent that over threw the head of the regime and instslled another. The constitution of the Constitutional Revolution ( 1905 - 1911 ) is a clear sign of the spirit of sacrifice adopted by the religious institution. Yet , the balance of power was not stable between the sides : the revolution and the enemies ; for the reactionary side was in a position through which it can destroy the revolution. Besides , the foreign interference in the beginning and the mid revolution reached to the extent of internal affairs. As for Russian and the British there , they supported the reactionary side , where they revealed their evil imperial intentions after the Partition Treaty of 1907. What is worse is the shortsightedness of some of the leaders of the revolution who changed their stance towards the revolution after they had gained what they aspired to. This helped in finding the seeds of disagreement among the leaders of the Pateriotic Movement , including the leaders of the religious institution. Needless to say in this regard the clear cut impact of Iranian Tribes in both the north and south in their quick response to the appeals of the leaders of the religious institution to support the revolution. But the disputes of the tribal leaders and their inability to reconciliate their personal interests with the intrests of the country , all that played a role in weakening their stance ; apoint even the leaders religious institution could not overcome.As an example , the Bakhtiari leaders supported the revolution in its early stages , then they changed their attitude after they had gained government posts. This in turn , weakened the religious institution which , as a result , could not stand firmly against foreign privilege in Iran though the country had witnessed in the early 1910 active movements to ban foreign goods. As a consequence to that , the two traditional opponents to Iran ; that is , British and Russia were not hesitant to take whatever steps necessary to support Qajari and reactionary forces. Finally , being close to the First World War and in the mid of international tension prevalent at that time , these two powers were more and more determinant to hit the religious institution and its supporters via military interference to put an end to the Constitutional Revolution at the end of 1911.
Summary:
References:

قبائل البختيارية ودورها السياسي في ايران (1896 - 1918) : دراسة تاريخية == Bakhtiari Tribes And Political Role In Iran (1896 - 1918) Historical Study

Author name: عبد الله كريم كاظم الموسوي
Supervisor name: حسين كامل جابر الشاهر
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Muthanna
First pages:
Abstract: The Bakhtiari tribe of Iran's major tribes, which are endemic in the southwestern part of Iran, which is ruled by a group of tribal khans, and in spite of the multiplicity of theories about their origins, but they are indigenous Iranian descent back to the ancient Sasanian assets.This tribe has been characterized by a social and political distinguishes itself from the rest of the Iranian tribes, the tribe divided on two main branches (Haft Link) and (Chahar Link). There are many opinions about the reasons for this division and the reason for naming each section, but the nearest of these views to the truth is the opinion which explains why the division on the basis of the division of dues tax on each after the approval of the tax system in the Safavid period, so these terms are terms Dhara?baan survival of Safavid.Even after the Safavid and Alafshari and ulnar there are no unified leadership of the Bouktiarien were all from (Alhvt Link) and (Aljhar Link) and even denominations Bakhtiari sporadic Other all her leadership and leadership autonomous from the other, has been senior leaders Alboukttiar cheerleaders title (AQA) or (Beck) or (blades Sefid) white beard or (Amir) the use of the title (Khan) does not seem clear in the tribe Bakhtiari, it does not support the sources and historical documents and having the title of Khan at the Bakhtiari until the beginning of the ulnar, and it seems that the use of this title began during the rule of State ulnar and beyond.In the second half of the nineteenth century succeeded Alboukttiar in uniting the tribe and the creation of a united political system within the tribe Bakhtiari knew (the system Alaala) when it enables Hussein fried Khan from extending its authority and influence on all denominations Alboukttiar in practice and on the impact of this order was issued by Royal by Nasir al - Din Shah in 1867 his appointment and recognition (Aakhani) Per Alboukttiar and officially inaugurated by the central government, and from a political standpoint, the Alaakhan authority as commander in chief of Bakhtiar had begun with the reign of Hussein Khan fried. Under this new system has become the central reference Bakhtiar managed by an administrative body within the self of the men of the tribe. This can be considered the beginning of crystallization Testament system of social and political official Bakhtiari tribes.After the arrival of Hussein frying Khan to power in the ruling tribe Bakhtiari and Neil title Alaakhan in an official capacity of the government, he got to his brothers on the positions of government since he became his brother in front of frying Khan Aellbeca tribe Bakhtiari any assistant Aakhani and his brother, the second satisfaction frying Khan, governor of Chahar Mahal, and the government continued these brothers strong and united in the life of frying Hussain Khan.In 1883 the killing of Hussein frying Khan at the hands under the Sultan and the order of Nasir al - Din Shah, subsequently lived tribes Bakhtiari more internal conflicts about power and the sharing of property, especially that these brothers three excelled in abundance sons, there are now a number of personalities Bakhtiari eligible for leadership. Fastglet these conflicts by the royal court, which was seeking to fold the rising power of the tribes feared the risk of threat to the central government, Accordingly, the split of the ruling family Bakhtiari into three wings, wing family Alaakhan slain (Hussein frying Khan) became known pavilion Alaakhani, Suite family Alaakhan new (before frying Khan), where he went to the pilgrimage became known as a stand - Haj Aakhani, Suite family Alaellbec new (satisfaction frying Khan) became known to always stand Alaellbec.It was the geographical location of the tribes of the Bakhtiari in the middle of the south Iranian great importance as it brought her this site the attention of the major powers, especially Britain Her great influence in southern Iran, especially after obtaining the large concessions in the region, including the establishment by trade caravans that connects Ahvaz, Isfahan across the land Bakhtiari , which is an extension of the privilege of freedom of navigation on the River Karun, who got it from Britain, the Iranian government in 1888, as well as oil exploration concession obtained by Darcy in 1901, Has led for the UK on these privileges and the discovery of oil in Masjed Soleyman in 1908 to establish formal relations between Britain and Albouktiarien lasted until the late Prince Qajarite, was the conclusion of several economic agreements between the two sides, starting from the Convention on the caravan route business in 1898, which was held between the company (Brotherhood Laing) and the Bakhtiari Khans, The paved this agreement the way to get in contact and convergence between the two parties, which were not his precedent before, and despite the signing of this agreement was acause to strengthen convergence and relationships but still unofficial, that those relationships took shape official after the signing of the oil agreement between the two parties in 1905, since then has become an official full.Has helped these agreements Alboukttiar to achieve the wealth of great economic and political center influential, led them later to participate in national events, especially events of the Constitutional Movement and the consequent later events, although the tribe Bakhtiari was governed mainly by boxes known are mainly Bserthm authoritarian, but they sided with the constitutional and initiated into the uprising and turned to Tehran to participate in the control and dropping Mohammad Ali Shah, Hence the establishment of constitutional government on the ruins of the Shah's government authoritarian, and was doing this they had moved them from being the strength of local influential in their tribal and around the neighborhood that become a central force at the national level, have their primary role at the level of administration of the country and its government, which come before them a lot of opportunities to improve the economic and political fields.The total Alboukttiar of power and political influence so that they became governors of several states Iran's major and assumed several ministries, because since the formation of the first constitutional government took Sardar Asad as interior minister and defense minister, also arrived brother Smassam Sultanate to become prime minister (1911 - 1913).During this period carried Alboukttiar by virtue of their opposition to the political life of many of the tasks of national, because they had the greatest role in responding to the movement of Muhammad Ali antimatter in the attempt to restore the throne in 1911 and, as well as their role in eliminating the insurgency Salar state and gouge Chavth in 1913.When World War broke out the first (1914 - 1918) and the arrival of fire into Iranian territory, varied positions Khans Bakhtiari and was overwhelmed by a lot of ambiguity and duplication over the powers warring, Valkhanat young men who had the desire to achieve political ambitions and wide and stood to the side of Germany and its allies, while stopping Khans adults by virtue of their relationship with Britain to the old side of the Allies.It is worth mentioning that the center of political and power that possessed Alboukttiar after their participation in the constitutionalmovement continued until after the years of World War I until the arrival of Reza Shah to power, as it strengthened the central authority in his reign and follow the policy of weakening the clans and the reduction of the threat to the central government.
Summary:
References:

الموارنة واثرهم في التطورات السياسية الداخلية اللبنانية 1958 - 1989 == Maronites And Their Impact In The Internal Lebanese Political Developments 1958 - 1989

Author name: عبد السلام متعب عيدان الربيعي
Supervisor name: موسى محمد ال طويرش
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Ccounted for the study of religious communities in modern history and contemporary to the attention of esearchers and scholars, especially in the Middle East region, which is the cradle of religions and religious sects.Because our study deals with the influence of the Christian Maronite community which expand and spread over a large area of Arab and foreign countries in which the followers of Christianity and based in Lebanon exists, a country that embraced after the saint (Saint Maroon) in the fourth century AD and his disciples after him to pursue a different approach to the Eastern Church which believes in the principle of one nature of Christ (p), and took his followers after him turning to link the Western Catholic Church in Rome and under the authority of the Pope, but they chose the difference; it was necessary for them to move from Syria, home to the Saint (Saint Maroon) to Lebanon Mountains and hills and plains to keep themselves from their opponents first, and try to maintain their approach is chosen, making them their own Church and Patriarch.Passed the Maronite community throughout history long Among the series of events and interact with each other and with others, and gradually evolved role with all over the Levant and Lebanon from the control and occupation of foreign and Islamic countries and ending with the control of France by 1920; hence emerged as the role of communities located therein, and the largest communities are Christian and Muslim, and the largest Christian denominations were Maronites; and this accounted for the lion's share in thegovernance of the country by assigning the position of head of state to them, and the protection of the Mandatory (France), political conflicts and differences between communities, especially among the Maronites and Druze arose, and between Sunnis and Shiites, The Greek Orthodox both his face look at the rule of Lebanon and linked thirdparty external likely.After Lebanon gained independence in 1943, approved a national charter an agreement to form co - existence among the different communities in the governance of Lebanon, and indeed all denominations worked on Charter formula that, so I took a Maronite President of the Republic of great powers, and the post of prime minister a Sunni Muslim, and the post of prime parliament a Shia Muslim, and as defense minister of the Druze... and so the case even bear the dispute between the sons of the Maronite community; and especially between President Bechara El Khoury and President Camille Chamoun, was about to another term of Bechara El Khoury and give some powers to the Muslims, and when Camille Chamoun defeated in battle Presidential 1952; taking the Maronite community to through international alliances more and link the Christian West and the Middle account, which belongs to Lebanon, did not satisfy the policy pursued by the rest of the communities, especially Muslim Sunni and Shiite, both, and even Orthodox Christians; Faqamt 1958 uprising that broke out in south to reach Blhebha to Beirut and the north and make all the sects of Lebanon in case of congestion and boiling on each other; because Shimon March the game of politics and religion, all of them in order to remain in office and extend a second presidential term, and also to be a bulwark to realize the dreams of Abdul Nasser, who set up a unity between Egypt and Syria, the first unit between the Arabs and the most recent. Then ended the role of Simeon after that try to Lebanon first bloody conflict between communities and between themselves and stepped outside powers to end the crisis, came the role of Fouad Chenab, who ruled since 1958 - 1964, taking an approach known as the (curriculum Shihabi) aiming at the abolition of political sectarianism in the administration and the rule of the country, for the first time Shia Muslims gets some rights in management, staffing and other, Lebanon became in this period, the development of economic excellent and the meeting of the Arab and Western criticism through the many financial banks located in it, thanks to the Gulf oil that is being invested and deposit revenues in banks. Shihabi approach in the reign of Charles Helou, whoruled from 1964 - 1970 continued, but two important things happened during his first term; bankruptcy Bank (INTRA), one of the major banks in Lebanon, and even the Lebanese state depend on it, and it is the second founding of the PLO in 1964 and the adoption of the Palestinian issue and defend the way to address the Zionist entity from the Lebanese territory, because they are the closest point to the north of occupied Palestine, Palestinians Who's bringing the Lebanese land military force trained strong training and semi - formal,which worried the Maronites in Lebanon and feared politicians prominent leaders and clerics on the growing presence inside Lebanon, and the escalation of power that are outside the framework of the rule of law into the Maronites ruling, and also the fear of the Maronites of growing Palestinian refugees in Lebanon to prepare a justification for that they - that continued to do so forth Vsasubhon minority within a few years, and especially that they are living in a sea of Arab and Islamic their surroundings, Fkaddoa first agreement among them as rulers and the Palestinians is (Cairo Agreement) in 1969, which defined their relationship with the Lebanese government and the method of confrontation with the Zionists from the inside and then followed it with an extension known as (queens) in 1974 during the reign of President Suleiman Franjieh, which lasted until 1976, but things did not subside and conflicts between communities existed, especially among the Druze and Maronites, and the hanger is the Palestinian presence and actions from within its territory and its impact on Lebanon's relationship with neighboring countries, especially Israel, from the standpoint of the Maronites, who purports to politicians and religious leaders to keep the state of the truce at the very least, including country and Israel, or until a peace agreement, but was the spark that ignited a bloody sectarian war between the Lebanese people components lasted for 15 years came on the green and crusty; where the Lebanese civil war began in 1975, for reasons simple and continued in the first phase for two years, then swept by Israeli forces in 1978 to Lebanon for visits First under the pretext of eliminating the Palestinian resistance which, here emerged the Syrian role clear, opponents of the Israeli invasion of support and even from some of the Maronite parties, which split into two teams : Team sees the establishment of a normal relationship with Israel, and the team believes that they - Like all Arabs remain supportive of the Palestinian cause and its defenders , the first team leader Falangist Bashir Gemayel, a Maronite who collaborated with the Israelis, helping them to invade Lebanon again in 1982 during the reign of President Elias Sarkis has been represented, and was able to reach the verdict after it, but he did not enjoying it for a long time; after 14 days of his election just assassinated at the headquarters of his party entered Lebanon and became the Maronites in fear and anxiety on their fate, but the external role, especially Syria and Saudi Arabia and the US was present manages to Lebanon, Maronite according to their own desires, Amin Gemayel Vantakb substitute for his brother in 1982 - 1988 and was the Maronites here have entered into a new phase entirely; when split team hardline them along the previous periods into two categories : category with Elie Hobeika, who nearly Syria held a tripartite agreement with them and the rest of the Lebanese communities, and the class with Samir Geagea, who has taken the position of President Amin Gemayel and the militant wing of the Maronites. After two categories conflict and coup and one on the other; the presidency of Amin Gemayel ended in 1988, but without agreement on a Maronite president succeeds, then the back of the role of General Michel Aoun - Aljeiccommander who led the liberation war as defined betweenhim and Prime Minister Salim Hoss backed by Syria and the Arab world, and led to the declaration of a military government from one party not recognized by the non - Maronite violators to Syria's presence in Lebanon, Fastart war between the Syrians and Michel Aoun, and then come all the Lebanese parties to an extended conference ending the civil war in the Conference Taif, Saudi Arabia in 1989 and elected Rene Mouawad as president of Lebanon, but did not last long; On 22 November 1989, was assassinated in front ofthe interim government palace. Maronites were able then, to choose a new president, a Maronite Elias Hrawi of the year 1989 - 1998 and his covenant, which ended the Lebanese civil war; that is the most destructive and bloody wars in the twentieth century
Summary:
References:

الموقف المصري من العلاقات اللبنانية - الفلسطينية 1965 - 1975 == The Egyptian Attitude Of Lebanese - Palestinian Relations During 1965 - 1975

Author name: عباس احمد فرحان الشمري
Supervisor name: صالح جعيول جويعد السراي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: The Palestinian existence in their country adai threatening the sectarian balance being on the sake of Muelims. this leads to the civil was in Lebanon 1975 which segregating lebanor in to parts for fifteen years. Arabs attitudes are different toward Lebanese authority dealing with Palestinian ref the most prominent attitude is the Egyptian since Egypt at that time represent a heavy political weight also Its regarded the most prominent of Arab countries affected by the Palestinian issue. since it confronted Isreal and took the task of fighting Isreali occupation. My opinion of studying the Egyptian attitude of Lebanese Dalestini relations during 1965 - 1975 to focus the light on the attitude in an elaborated way. Also , the reason behind choosing this period of ti between 1965 - 1975. since in 1965 patestin started their arm operations against Isre the Palestinian issue has been regarded as adangero turning in the contemporary his tory. occupying Palestine by Isreal and the consequence of computsory immigration of thousands of palestir flee their homeland to the neighbouring conutri leading to a complicated problem facing those countrics and confusing the decision - makers states of the world up to now. this problem represents a big affect of any future solvin can be held between Palestine and Isreal. Therefore , the study of Palestinian refugees is sue from all its directions and details represent atopic of great importance , for example the Palestinian refugees in Lebanon. this topic deserv. Objective research of deep academic level simply because Lebanon represents variety of sectarian - ethenic and its political system based on sectarianism. The Palestinian refuge in Lebanon have abig effect on the political stability. since the Christian in Lebanon found and the increasing of thase operations on the Lebanese lands. moreover , In 1975 the leban civil war started and the , Palestinian refugees were the main reason of its out the nature of the study has required adivisi in to four chapters and an end divided auording to succession of time in expose the events. The Arm operations of Palestinian and Egypt support for it has negative impact on the peaceful coexistenc amony Lebanese especially after trarsfering " Tahreer organi zation from Lebanon. Muslims , leftwing , Lebanese welcomed to the wave of immigrants and asted the Lebanese government to support the Palestinian fighters this outrage the Christian in Lebanon and they regarded it as inter fering of the leban internal affairs. to furthermore , the Palestinian camps become afortified caver for the fighters , and the lebunon government cannot enter to it , consequently the sectarian tension increased between the two sects and the extremist volunteers of both sides form an arm militant this leads to shaken up the balance amony Lebanese and permeate through the social , political , ideological construction and this was forming the deep reasons of the separation among Lebanese and paved the way to the civil war in Lebanon still the palest in ian existence in leban on increasing until the war in Lebanon in 1975. and it was assistanbt cause for its outbreatk leading to the clash between the sects.
Summary:
References:

الشيخ محمد مهدي الاصفي ودوره الفكري والسياسي في العراق (1937 - 2015) == Al - Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi And Intellectual And Political Role In Iraq 1937 - 2015

Author name: عامر صالح علي سعد العكيلي
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Took a character study an important place in the field of historical studies, the fact that the person is a historic event maker, and understand the nature of his mission is to understand the course of events, composition and causes, so the historical studies of many influencing the course of events, personalities, and Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi one of the personalities that have left have dealt clear imprint in the modern history of Iraq because of the products of intellectual Affersh contributed to a large extent in the development of many of the political, social, historical and cultural concepts, especially as he witnessed the difficult period of the history of modern Iraq. The reasons for choosing this topic back to the desire of a researcher at clarifying biography of Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi and role of the intellectual, political, and which is one of the new themes, which encouraged the researcher on the roads this topic, as well as what ails our library of poverty in specialized in researching academic figures and religious bear to see academic studies Islamist contemporary to incorporate the needs of the community, not to mention the researcher's quest to highlight the role of Sheikh Alasfi in the Islamist movement's activities since the fifties of the twentieth century until his death in 2015. Either approach letter Fassar to conduct scientific research as much as possible and followed the style of the historical narrative sometimes, and analysis at other times, and compare the views and attitudes of Dialogic angle cash in some of the topics that require this style, necessitated the nature of the study of personality, Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi and role of the intellectual and political to divide the message Introduction to three chapters and a conclusion included the main conclusions reached by the study. The first chapter was titled Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi his scientific career and his life and his approach to writing, and touched the second quarter, which was titled intellectual productions of Sheikh Mohammed Mehdi Alasfi to intellectual aspects that distinguish them, while the third chapter, which was titled the political role of Sheikh Mohammed Mehdi Alasfi, activity political inside and outside Iraq. To accomplish our mission modest at best, I tried to use all the scientific material can be utilized within the time frame of our mission, Vofatt Unpublished of the Private Securities Sheikh Alasfi and family documents or security reporting system related to his activity and his important role in strengthening the message information, also contributed personal interviews Researcher prominent role in the addition of information while writing a message, I can not fail to point out the obvious importance of the Arab sources that had occupied the largest space from the margins of the message, and at the forefront of these books are works of Sheikh Mohammad Mehdi Alasfi in various religious, scientific, intellectual, political and social aspects. Reliance on Arab sources did not prevent the use of Persian sources, and do not forget to mention the importance of theses and Alatarih Rphit that the value of the message on the history of the religious establishment and its political role information. The researcher has faced several difficulties hardly uncommon in any scientific academy study that differed in the extent of the study and again. In conclusion, I hope through Trahi for this modest effort before a panel discussion to be tuned to Aptgat of clarifying the truth and the dissemination of science for the benefit.. as I hope to be my act fills a void in our library Islamist, as an added scientific We hope that achieve what we aspire to achieve, the missed Vhspa I'm still at the first step in the path of scientific research and the hard run, and I was Valvdil to the efforts and care for my teachers evacuation Aoun benevolent, they have the thanks and gratitude, as I find myself obliged to provide a multitude gratitude and thanks to the members of the discussion, my teachers Distinguished what Tjhmoh of the trouble in the correct letter order to realize Kamal them to the desired scientific interest, and perfect, but God alone that Mawla Yes and yes protagonist
Summary:
References:

فؤاد سراج الدين ودوره في السياسة المصرية حتى عام 1952 == Fouad Saraj Aldeen And His Role In The Egyptian Policy Until 1952 (A Historical Study)

Author name: ضحى عادل سلمان
Supervisor name: سميرة عبد الرزاق عبد الله العاني
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of figures has obtained and still obtains an increasing importance by the researchers of modern and contemporary history. The history of Egypt is full of the examples of notable figures that has effected and left imprints in history. The purpose of this study is to know one of these historical figures by subjecting it to an objective study and historical investigation so that we know their effect, negative or positive, and we can then evaluate it. Also, the study aims to reveal the unknown facts about it and its relation to the relation to the development of the historical facts so that we can understand the course. The figure of Fouad Seraj Aldeen appealed to me for his aspiration and political wisdom and his assumption of many positions in early age. He is regarded the youngest minister in the modern history of Egypt. He became the secretary general of the Delegate Party and the controlling power after Al - Nahhas in taking decision. Seraj Aldeen was one of the most important Egyptian politicians in the last decade of the monarchy. Form that fact we set on to choose Fouad Seraj Aldeen and his role in Egyptian policy until 1952 an attempt to evaluate his role scientifically stressing the scientific neutrality.The historical events required to the division of the thesis into four chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by an introduction which includes the most important findings of the study. Chapter One is devoted to study the life of Fouad Seraj Aldeen including his birthdate in 1910, his social belonging to a landowner class and its relation to the royal family of King Fouad. Chapter Two tackles the political role of Fouad Seraj Aldeen since 1942 until 1944 for closeness of Al - Nahhas the role in convincing him to return to Cairo, and the formation of his fourth cabinet in February 1942 in which he occupied the ministry of agriculture.Chapter Three studies the political role since 1945 until the resignation of Hussein Seri in 1949 when the opposition media tried defamed and his attempt to approximate to Britain 1945 - 1946. Chapter Four tackles the activity of Fouad Seraj Aldeen in 1950 until the year 1952 and his role in the role in the triumph in the elections of 1950. The research ends up with a conclusion which includes the most important findings of the study which are : 1 - The year 1948 was a golden year for Fouad Seraj Aldeen as he managed to become the secretariat - general of the Wafid Party in spite of his young age. He endured great tasks at the same time this position found enemies for him inside the Wafid Party who accused him of corruption and the exploitation of his power. 2 - Fouad Seraj Aldeen is a distinguished member of the Senate when he was the cleverest and brilliant opponent Senates. He recorded noteworthy attitudes as he expressed the opinion of his party in the best manner possible due to his rigid attitudes.
Summary:
References:

الحزب الوطني الصيني ودوره السياسي في تاريخ الصين 1912 - 1949 == Chinese Nationalist Party And Its Political Role In The History Of China 1912 - 1949

Author name: صلاح حسن ربيح الربيعي
Supervisor name: نادية كاظم محمد العبودي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Under the imperial regime that ruled China since the third century BC, and the proliferation of secret societies as a key tool in opposing the Government system, the concept of a stranger political parties remained about China's traditional political thought to the Republican system of Government in 9191, the founding of the Chinese Nationalist Party (Kuomintang). The first glimmer of overt political activity on Western contexts. Hence the importance of this study is focused on the application of the first democratic experience in China and noted by the circumstances.The KMT is a product of Western influence on China, the first China animation Association nucleus (hisngh Jong Hui) which was formed as a reaction to humiliate China by Western countries. In the light of that uploaded the entire Manchu Assembly. Although the founders of this Association are Chinese intellectuals affected by Western culture and their aim is to establish a Republic on the Western theme, but they didn't they Slough radically from traditional style in politics within the framework of the traditional closed secret organization.And the evolution of the political activity of the ancestors of the Kuomintang through their quest to form an expanded political alliances against the Manchus in the context of the so - called Alliance Assembly (Eltingh Ming hui) which appeared to be abandoned in its political traditions and customs that prevailed in China for the Chinese society more concepts and political outlooks, especially the three principles which were the product ofthought San Yat - Sen. They changed the first of its kind in the modern history of China, which was termination of the bigotry of successive Governments to rule China and represent that the overthrow of the Manchu dynasty.Represented the period 9191 - 9191 transition is unstable in modern political history of China in General and the history of the KMT, while Western influences in the meantime to climax in a shift in the political organizations of its secret to the political public public parties especially the KMT, the Republic Government attempts to build a Western theme. Traditional powers emerged again to return to China to imperial and reflected clearly the constitutional institutions of governance and the Yuan Shi kai himself emperor, and the KMT, and his return to form a secret political organization (National Revolutionary Party). The news of the end of the Chinese experience based on the Western model.And resulted in the failure of the democratic experiment in9191 from the dominance of conventional principles of party ideology and its emphasis on the concept of trusteeship and the importance of loyalty to the leader.At the end of the first world war was the issue of the KMT's control of power and a constitutional Government is elusive, especially with the start of the rule of the warlords as proves the idea of forming a party of partisan coalitions in the political sphere as a result of an ideological disagreement. And the reputation of the party and advocated the principles of commitment to silence about the 19 demands made by Japan.I raised the issue of reorganizing the party of 9111 to the KMT and entered in countless problems, especially aftertaking the nucleus of a growing Communist Party within the Kuomintang itself. It has divisions in its ranks. As the latter failed to subjugate the Communists for his orders because they basically were associated with the implementation of the orders of the Comintern, especially within the context of unsettling the KMT and pounce on it.Resulted in the reorganization of the Party (the third phase) and accepted Soviet aid for putting it under supervision of the Soviet Union through a cadre of advisers in various disciplines and in all civil and military bodies, in preparation for submission to CPC.Despite the fact the party after the death of Sun Yat - Sen from internal conflicts but Jiang Kai - shek had resolved to strengthen his power by the Kuomintang military forces and paramilitary Fascist group known as the (blue shirts). Although the formal authority of the KMT Central Executive Committee and the Kuomintang but it seems in fact that Jiang Kai - shek hold absolute power over the party.Payment of Soviet and Japanese intervention in China, and in different contexts to the Kuomintang and Communist parties to enter into an Alliance. Let us resist the Japanese intervention in China a Comintern and the reality of Soviet interests in China, the Communist Alliance with Kuomintang in a United Front against Japan. Although this Alliance was fragile but he lasted the length of the Sino - Japanese war (9111 - 9191).Enjoy the KMT in the period 9111 - 9191 popular support, but lost this support and the Chinese Communists won due to the growing ranks of corruption and political repressionof students and intellectuals, not interested in issues of peasants.The spiral began economic and political failures appear prominently on the Kuomintang government in 9199 - 9191. Government institutions were not eligible for unemployment and high food prices. All this push to pull the rug from under the feet of the Kuomintang and the Communist Party's favor.United States diplomatic mediation failed, as well as important strategic aspect within the context of a stronger position of the Communist Party. Which is a lot of balance of power and resolve the consequences of the conflict for the Communist Party in the war.Both sides suffered heavy losses in lives and equipment, but the biggest loser was the Kuomintang decided at the end of 9191 under the leadership of Jiang Kai - shek to Taiwan island 911 miles from China's southeastern coast.
Summary:
References:

حزب الاتحاد الاشتراكي للقوات الشعبية ودوره السياسي في المغرب (1975 - 1996) == Socialist Federation Party Of Public Forces And Political Role In Morocco (1975 - 1996)

Author name: شيماء عبد الوهاب عبد الشمري
Supervisor name: نغم سلام ابراهيم
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of political parties history in Morocco has been considered worthy to be researched in the modern and contemporary Arabic history. The independence of Morocco on 3r of March 1956 , has been regarded as a turning point for setting out the parties ' political work in the contemporary Morocco, that is linked to the virtual role of political parties and organizations in the resistance against the French occupation and in mobilizing the publics as to achieve its goals in freedom , independence and progression. But, the new political reality has found a state of struggle between ownership institutions from one side and political parties from another side, this resulted into having the latter divides into opposing and supporting the ownership institution. The socialist Federation Party of Public forces was one of these parties. , where stages of party's development have embodied as reflection on the development of political events in Morocco in the contemporary and modern history. The thesis aims at studying the historical roots of the socialist federation party of public forces as apposition party since its establishment in 1975 until the year 1996. The exceptional holding of the party in 1975 has been considered as a starting point for crystalizing the social, economic and political directions to continue to play its role and its virtual activity in Moroccan political domain. The thesis 's boundaries ceases at the announcement of constitution in 1996 that represented as a turning point toward democratic transition in the political process. The importance of research lies within studying the Socialist Federation Party of public forces since it is considered one of opposing political parties. The study of this party has been a transparent reflection on political parties development in Morocco since getting its independence in 1956, along with the issuance of law of multi - parties in 1959 that established legal bases of political life in Morocco and being considered as a starting point for setting out the regular political work. The activity and political practice of the party considered an important matter for being one of parties that represented parties opposition embedded with law. The study has been based on the historical context and analyzing descriptive method as to show most important developments Morocco has witnessed , along with the role of the socialist Federation party until 1996. In the light of the research's methodology , the thesis has divided into an introduction, preface , four chapters and conclusion. The preface comes with the title " Socialist Federation party of Public Forces and internal political developments in Morocco 1956 - 1975"in which I have explained the conditions that help contribute into dissenting the Socialist Federation party from the National federation of public forces in 1972 until the announcement of the party in 1974. The chapter one comes with the title " Socialist Federation party of public forces and holding exceptional conference , along with the political developments in Morocco (1975 - 1977). The study has focused on the most important events prior to the holding of exceptional conference of the party in 1975; besides , the organizational structure of the party together with its goals , and its role in the rural and provincial elections in 1976. It has been also explained the role of the party in the legislation election in 1977 and its stance in constituting the government and parliament. Ending with the matter of the dessert. The second chapter includes ( Fronts of political activity of the socialist federation party and its stance in respect to internal matters (1978 - 1983); this chapter has emphasized on its most important activities lying in the establishment of democratic co - federalism for occupying the laborers union of the party , the holding of 3rd conference of the party in 1978 and the party 's attitude toward unrests in 1979 - 1981. The chapter has also included the party's attitude toward the Nairobi conference decisions and toward the parliament in 1981. It has also explained its attitude toward Fas peak in 1982 , its role in the rural and provincial elections in 1983 and the government of Mohammed Kareem Al - Umrani in 1983. The chapter three discusses the internal developments of the socialist federation party and its attitude toward the national matters ( 1984 - 1989) ; it has exposed the party's attitude toward the Jewish sects conference in Marrakesh in 1984 and the holding of fourth national conference of the party. It deals with the establishment of Africa - Arab Federation and the party 's attitude thereof in 1984, along with its role in the legislation election in Morocco in 1984 and in forming the government in 1985. The chapter has also shown the party's objection to the meeting of Aifran in 1986 between the king Al - Hasan the second and Shimon Perez, it deals with the party's attitude toward Arab Morocco Federation in 1989 ( supported it); besides, referring to the fifth conference of the party held in April 1989 and the party's attitude toward the Arabic National matters ,Palestinian Liberation Organization , Lebanese matter and Iranian - Iraqi war. The chapter fourth comes with the title" the role of the party in boosting democracy and constitution amendment until year 1996. It exposes the party's attitude toward unrest happened in 1990 and government 's vote of confidence in 1990 , the announcement of forming democratic bloc in 1992. The chapter explains the party's stance in respect to death of AbdulRaheem Bu Ubaid in 1992 , the attitude of announcement of constitution in 1992 , along with the developments , role of the party in the massive elections in 1992, in addition, the party's attitude toward the legislative elections in 1993 and finally the announcement of new constitution in 1996 and its positive stance of it. The study has conclude with conclusions included the most important results which are : 1. The political domain has witnessed appearance of new political organizations after the issuance of law of parties that have aimed at preventing to establish Sole Party system and to place bases of multi - Party system. Thus the Monarchy institution got succeeded in its struggle with the independence party and began forming a government loyal to the monarchy institution. It is confirmed that the institution has lonely achieved its goals and confirmed its loyalty on Morocco's political life.2. The struggles have not only confined between the opposition and the monarchy institution , but rather have transferred unto the opposition parties. Thus , we have noticed that in 1972 it has happened disputes inside the National Federation of Public forces and led to dissention inside the party. The latter has got divided into two parts , one part ( Rabat) led by AbdulRaheem BuObaid and the other (Al - Dar Al - Baydha) led by Abdullah Ibrahim. The dissention led to freeze the national bloc and resulted into reflecting that on its role in the political life and establishing to have every party works independently. 3. The exceptional conference held in 1975 has been considered as a turning point for appearing the socialist Federation Party of Public Forces and specified its political , social and intellectual trends and directions in adopting the socialism and democracy as that confirmed by participating into legislation election in 1977 where the party has not wined as for there have been forgeries in the election. 4. Despite , the socialist federalism Party of public forces has been considered one of opposition parties , but it has tried in more than one occasion to adopt positive stances in respect to monarchy institution , especially , when the matter concerned with the national benefit of Morocco 's sovereignty , most outstandingly, is the matter of Morocco Desert where the party has played a grand role in defending it as to be part of morocco.5. The party has adopted virtual political stances and attitudes in praising the labor sector, as a result, it worked on establishing Democratic con - federalism as to activate the workers union , where the party has used it as to have its voice get to the parliament and monarchy institution by supporting the union.6. The party's activity along with its directions have virtually confirmed on principles of democracy which the party has called for since its establishment. The observer who followed up the activity of the party since 1975 until the year 1996 , has found that this party is opposition one as to reinforce and boost its methodology to practice democracy; besides , stressing its links with the Morocco republics and its adherence to the national benefit of the people and freedom from one side and Morocco unity quarantine from other side. Moreover, the positive sides of the party in respect to the Arab matters in contemporary and modern history. 7. The party's political directions and trends have been largely crystalized by calling for constitutional and political reforms. The 90s decade of 20th century has represented an essential phase for the party by emphasizing the party's role to call for reform and change. This represented by getting the King " Al - Hasan the second " accept suggestions of Democratic blocs that led to occurring positive change for the democratic process through
Summary:
References:

بنجامين دزرائيلي ودوره في سياسة بريطانيا الخارجية (1804 - 1881) == Benjamin Disraeli And His Role In The Foreign Policy Of Great Britain (1804 - 1881)

Author name: شاهه دحام عبد الله الجبوري
Supervisor name: خالد حسن جمعة
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Personal Benjamin Disraeli importance distinct in the history of Britain in general and Britain's foreign policy for the period 1874 - 1881, especially These were important while receiving the premiership in 1868 for the first time and 1874 for the second time and the leadership of the Conservative Party, and his painting of the two policies both internal and external to Britain to suit the aspirations of the party as well as the policy of imperial expansion coupled with his name (a leading global imperialism) fired by historians in that historical period, and given the importance of the political developments and reform pursued by Disraeli which made him a universal feature of this character has been chosen to be the subject of Our thesis The researcher followed a historical description of the methodology and the policy of Disraeli's life as well as we used a method of analysis and extrapolation wherever the need arises for the use of one of these approaches to get to the truth of his foreign policy Was divided thesis on the four seasons, and came first chapter titled Benjamin Disraeli origination and composition perspective of political and contains three Topics, taking the first topic of his upbringing and his early life and change dogmatic from Jewish to Christian and how it contributed to the change of his political life, while the second topic has dealt with Multi - entry into the world of politics and the beginnings of political and conditions that serve to be a member of the British Parliament, while the third topic dealt with Disraeli thinker and political seer Meembody what he wrote novels on the ground that eat mostly what Candors in public life in a way criticism of reality, as it was characterized by pungent literary style in writing and in his speeches that he delivered in parliament. The second chapter (internal politics) have been divided on the three topics also touched on the first topic of his political life to the first (1832 - 1837) and the obstacles he faced during his candidacy to the parliament and the political perspective Disraeli The third chapter which dealt with (his foreign policy from 1874 to 1880) was divided on the three topics, too, addressed the First research the subject he came to power in 1874 and the circumstances that led him to power and how he led his party to success, and in the second topic we discussed its expansionist policy and highlight the role of Britain's international that period and international conferences in which he participated, while the fourth chapter talked about it to the wars fought by Britain in the era of Disraeli and that led to the overthrow of his ministry in 1880 and take over the Liberal Party power for the curtain falls on an important figure in the history of England in the nineteenth century, in the first topic war Anglo - afganah and the most important events that took place after the end of the war, while the second topic we researched it about war Zulu highlighted the importance of Africa for Britain and expansions of imperialism in the region, while the third topic British policy in some areas of Africa and the Arabian Gulf under his roles. Through our study to the subject we have realized that the British foreign policy has been the greatest by what Benjamin Disraeli had did. He was the prime Minister of Britain and the Chief of the conservatives' party, he is coming from Jewish backgrounds and took the Christianity in an early time of his life so this change in belief made him getting high political ranks and fame but he stayed praising the Jewish all his life and mentioning it in each event this did not banned him to be a trustful for Britain and for the Queen Victoria as well. Britain at that time was referred as the Remarkable for its becoming the supreme power in the region especially after his gaining, the second term of the prime - ministry (187 - 1880) , while the first term was short in 1768 but his Remarkable touche was clear in it thus he was the minister of finance for many times and was also the first minister for all positions, that all made him the mystery of his period. the six years he was the prime Minister and the Chief of the conservatives' party since 1874 have him had an expansionary policy that he led Britain Empire to reach the panama channel, and Fiji islands he also bought a share in the Suez Canal from AL - Khudewi Ismail to be a chain - point between the kingdom and its colonies at the east and to control the Mediterranean sea as well. in 1876n, he crowned the Queen with the badge of the Empire and named it as the Empire of India and the Queen of Britain , and in 1877 Cyprus had become a British protectorate after an agreement made with the Ottoman to save the British interests from the Russian intervention in the region. in 1878 Disraeli had the big part with the German prime Minister Bismarck in drawing the map of Europe when they hold Berlin conference then he took to his nation, and that's what made him" The peace with the honor
Summary:
References:

انطون سعادة واثره في الحياة السياسية والثقافية في سوريا ولبنان (1904 - 1949) == Antoun Saadeh And His Effect On The Political And Cultural Life In Syria And Lebanon 1904 - 1949

Author name: سندس عبد الله عيسى
Supervisor name: احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of characters has always assumed growing significance for researchers in modern and contemporary history. The history of Lebanon is rich in characters that have influenced the political and cultural lives in Syria and Lebanon. One of most notable of these characters is Antoun Saadeh, who was an outstanding, influential character. The circumstances surrounding his activity led to crystalizing the dimensions of his political and cultural character. He was coeval with the First World War and the negative results ensuing from it. Such results left a conspicuous mark in his intellectual production and political activity in both his homeland and the diaspora. Furthermore, he was the founder of the Syrian Social National Party to oppose the French Mandate and to raise the Syrian Nation and save it from the state of chaos and confusion it was living.The studies that have dealt with the Syrian Social National Party have referred to Antoun Saadeh, but they have never covered his intellectual and cultural activity, whether in Lebanon or in the diaspora, in a comprehensive, deep manner. The idea of the current study stemmed from this fact.When Saadeh's character is studied, a number of questions might be raised : - Did his travel to the United States of America then to Brazil has an effect on the emergence of his intellectual and political activity? - Did his intellectual production contribute to finding a solution for the Syrian nation's issues and to enriching the culture at his home nation and the diaspora? - Why did he found the Syrian Social National Party? - How did the internal developments in Lebanon affect his return to his home nation in 1947? - What were the reasons behind the 1949 coup attempt and how did it end? - What were the circumstances of his arrest and trial?The study tries to answer these questions and sheds the light on important aspects of Antoun Saadeh's life and his intellectual and political activity since his travel to USA and Brazil till the failed upheaval trial in 1949. The study is divided into a preface, an introduction, three chapters and appendices and ends with a conclusion including a collective of conclusions. The preface focuses on the cultural and political conditions in Syria, especially in Jabal Lubnan during the Ottoman era till the time of Antoun Saadeh's birth. As to the first chapter (Antoun Saadeh, his lineage, bringing up, intellectual and political activity 1904 - 1930), it addresses his lineage, family and bringing up, and then his travel to USA and Brazil later on. It also sheds the light on his father's intellectual and cultural influence, his work in the press field, and shows his political activity through his affiliation to the associations and the establishment of parties until his return to Lebanon in 1930. The second chapter is dedicated to the study of his intellectual and political activity (1930 - 1938) and sheds the light on his literary and political activity. It is also specified to the study of the reasons and motives of his establishment of the Syrian National Party, it refers to its structure and principles, it also mentions his three imprisonments and states the attitude of the Lebanese authorities towards him and their impact on his departure from Lebanon in 1938. The third and last chapter sheds the light on his intellectual and political activity (1938 - 1949) dealing with his travel to Brazil then to Argentina and his intellectual and political activity, it also treats the internal developments in Lebanon and its impact on his return to Lebanon in 1947, and it sheds the light on the failed upheaval trial in 1949 and his imprisonment circumstances. The chapter ends up with his trial and execution. The researcher faced many difficulties, like lack of books touching on Saadeh in our academic institutions. This led her to travel to Lebanon to obtain the required sources and get in touch with Lebanese characters that had lived the events covered by the study.In conclusion, I place this study before my revered professors, Discussion Committee President and members, who will definitely enrich it with their accurate academic notes. From Allah success comes.
Summary:
References:

لواء ديالى 1958 - 1968 : دراسة تاريخية == Dyala Brigade 1958 - 1968 Historial Study

Author name: سعد محمد علي حسين
Supervisor name: علي محمد كريم المشهداني
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The studying of the domestic coevally history in Iraq , it is a very important subject m it have an important turn on detection of the different events evolution of it , what its formless make important park and Biotic in studding of the history of new Iraqian sort. Dyala Brigade from the important Brigades what need to much historial study , we will follow the development and events that certifies the Brigade especially in the time of the Republican Governorship (1958 - 1968) , and this Brigade had came to signifies the events and the managerial development and the Economic development and the social development in Dyala Brigade for this time. The scientific item had been doled for the treatise of proem and three chapters and Epilog , after the proem there is the name of Dyala and the Geographic description from the last Ottoman Epoch until 1958. Chapter one talked about Managerial development in Dyala Brigade from 14 July 1958 to 17 July 1968. Chapter two talked about Economic development in Dyala Brigade from 1958 to 1968. Chapter three talked about Social development in Dyala Brigade from 1958 to 1968. The Quipster appear that the Managerial Appliance (domestic) for Dyala Brigade had sufficiency and had Managerial impartial personalities and the have a good prestige mirrored on the work of the staffing to creation the domestic Foundation Management , the ministry of many of unities management in Dyala Brigade through studying , domestic management in the Brigade introduced from (1958 - 1968) much services to the Brigade parents for example advertence on Educational sector and founding many new schools in Brigade Arcadia , and building hospitals. In Agricultural sector it Supported from the domestic government in the Brigade for example Reissue the Farmlands and deployments poultry fields and carnages. And the management interested in the water sector so they completed building Darpandecan prevail in 1961 , and they finished the project of Khanaken canal in 1963 , for the Industrial sector , Industrial projects were Just nineteen project in the Brigade , the biggest activity in the dustry was acting in Oil industries in Khanaken. They discover many Archaeological areas after Excavating processes what happened in Baquba and Al - Meqdadea and Al - Khales from 1965 to 1966 , this reflects civilization advance to the Brigade and making great old civilization. Brigade of Dyala testified sport movement through of sport Unions in the Brigade like the football Union and Basketball Union , and Volleyball Union , and from the important sport events that testified it the Brigade in 10960 it is the meeting between the scholastically team in Dyala Brigade with a team from united states and there was inaugurating the first Swimming pool in Dyala Brigade in 1964. Brigade of Dyala begot many social personalities that make asocial and reformist activity , like mister Abd Al - Karem Al - Madani who adopt unific attitude between the creeds and the nationalisms and religions , for that Mr Abd Al - Karem communicate Dyala citizens of all their activities , like mirths and dolors and he helped the widows and the orphans , and he was give very much money to the poor people and communicate with the poor people who want to marriage , and he was applicator from the God to heals the sick people , so his acts was the power Brace of cohere Dyala people
Summary:
References:

زكريا محيي الدين ودوره العسكري والسياسي في مصر حتى عام 1968 == Zacariya Muhyiddin And His Military And Political Role In Egypt Until 1968

Author name: ساهرة سلمان حمادي الطائي
Supervisor name: علياء محمد حسين الزبيدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Many researchers and authors were interested greatly in the history of Egypt as one of the important Arab countries which had a great effect on the events witnessed by the Arab Homeland. However, there were effective characters who had a great role in Egypt's events and the Arab Homeland on whom the light was not shed and they were not studied objectively despite their different roles and situations. Zakariya Muhyiddin is regarded as the most prominent of these characters, so we need to study his life and his military, political and national role in Egypt because he was the most prominent political characters close to the president Jamal Abdul Nasir, making some characterize him with the second man of Egypt at that stage. The study nature necessitated dividing it into an introduction, three chapters, a conclusion, a list of references and a number of appendices. The first chapter addressed Zakariya Muhyiddin's family background and the construction of social self It included four sections. The first section contained a display of his social roots, a follow - up of his family, life, education, characteristics, hobbies, the medals and badges he gained, and the beginning of his relationship with Jamal Abdul Nasir. As to the second section, it was dedicated to his role in Palestine war 1948, while the third section was specified to the establishment of Al - Dhubat Al - Ahrar Organization and his membership in it, whereas the fourth section addressed the political developments in Egypt for the years (1950 - 1952). As to the second chapter, it was specified to his role in the revolution of 23rd of July 1952 including three sections. The first section tackled his role in the rise of the revolution of 23rd of July 1952. The second section dealt with his political and economic activity, while the third section comprised his political and international situation towards the revolution of 23rd of July 1952, whereas the fourth section discussed his situation towards Sudan issue and the conclusion of evacuation agreement. The third chapter came to shed the light on his role, the political developments in Egypt and his situation towards Arabic and international issues for the period (1954 - 1968), including four sections. The first section mentioned his situation towards the political developments for the period (1954 - 1956), while the second section addressed his role and the path pf the Egyptian political developments (1957 - 1964), whereas the third section was specified to his situation towards Arabic and international issues, the fourth section was confined to his role and the path of political and domestic developments for the years (1965 - 1967). We also showed the end of his political activity and his death. The study was ended by a conclusion dedicated to the most important conclusions within the light of the works and achievements fulfilled by Zakariya Muhyiddin in the fields he was responsible of.
Summary:
References:

تاريخ امانة العاصمة بغداد (1958 - 1968) == History Of The Secretariat Of The Capital Of Baghdad 1958 - 1968

Author name: سارة عبد الكاظم ثجيل
Supervisor name: ابتسام محمود جواد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The secretariat of the capital's oldest department was founded in Baghdad in 1868 as the Baghdad Municipality and concurrent with the issuance of municipal law in 1877 that divided Baghdad into three sections, and then replaced its name from the Baghdad municipality to the capital secretariat under municipal law in 1931, and was linked to the Interior Ministry, but after the establishment of the fourteenth of July revolution in 1958 and the issuance of municipal law in 1960 have been disengage from internal and attached to the Ministry of municipalities and considered one of its departments. The message consisted of an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion. The first chapter included the beginnings of the establishment of the Capital City in the era of the Ottomans, and the most important laws passed at that time, and the most prominent formations administrative, with the definition of the most prominent figures who served as mayor during the period (1923 - 1958) and the most important achievements, as well as the most important services provided by the secretariat of the capital of Tzivat and streams and liquefaction of water and The second chapter entitled (the Capital Secretariat and the revolution of July 14, 1958), brought together four topics focused on the establishment of the Ministry of Municipalities under the Executive Authority Act No. 74 of 1959, with a statement of the main terms of reference of the ministry and the main administrative formations, and the most important imports Secretariat in 1963 developed administrative and formations in 1964, in addition to addressing the formations Secretariat introduced in 1967, and the most prominent figures that came to the post of Secretary of the capital during the period (1958 - 1968) the most prominent statement with their achievements and their actions. The third chapter contains five sections touched them to the capital, Baghdad planning, including the basic outline drawn up by the Greek Dokxiaods company in 1959, and the outline of Paul Service Company Polish in 1965, in addition to addressing the most important streets and bridges carried out by the Secretariat at the time, and the gardens and parks that accorded Secretariat of particular importance, as well as monuments and multiple statues set up by the Secretariat in Baghdad in order to give a new civilized swab and commemorate the past, the most important monument of the Unknown Soldier, and the Freedom Monument, as well as talk about the most important buildings constructed in that time, including the Presidential Palace Building, and the Opera House, and Building C While Chapter IV, which contained three sections touched on the most important activities and events of the Capital Secretariat and focusing on basic services to the secretariat, which consisted hygiene, sewage and water and organize transport within the capital and extinguish fires, as well as humanitarian and health services, also addressed the role of the secretariat of the capital in the treatment of Abaiv which were scattered in Baghdad through the construction of new residential neighborhoods revolutions (Sadr City) currently, the torch, Latifiya, and Rashad, in addition to the most important events and festivals organized by the secretariat of the capital and in the various religious and national occasions addressed 0ouncil The Ministry of Economic Planni Through this study, we concluded some Alomourahmha : - The capital, the secretariat of the ten - year period from 1958 - 1968 golden era in the long Tarueha analogy for their achievements and partisan task, as the Secretariat has been able to play Bamran capital Baghdad and give them the character of the beautiful taste Secretariat has embarked on since the fourteenth of July revolution to study evolution urban estimated in the capital and you need to show capital projects rightful appearance between the capitals of the civilized world, and acted wisely targeted leader Abdul Karim Kassem (working hour is better than a thousand hours of speech).ng and Building of the National Council.Paid capital, the secretariat of the cultural movement importance and care of the language from prestigious culture, intellectuals and innovators in public life, the fact that the city of Baghdad, one of the most important radiation cultural, scientific and cultural centers, the Secretariat has sought to find the steps artistic and cultural events enrich the value of Baghdad in art and culture, including works of art and monuments which promised steps upgrading of technical and aesthetic level of capital.
Summary:
References:

موقف سوريا من قضايا بلاد الشام 1970 - 1982 == Syrian Position Towards The Problems Of Levant 1970 - 1982

Author name: سارة عبد الكاظم جواد
Supervisor name: اسراء شريف الكعود
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The period between 1970 - 1982 is concerned a very important period because it witnessed a lot of political events that affected on foreign policy of Syria. The period of the present thesis is determined by 1970 because it is the year in which the president Hafidh Al - Assad received the authority in Syria. The research is divided mainly into introduction and four main chapters. The first chapter is dealt with the conflict between Arab and Israel from 1948 to 1970. It also contains the wars of 1948 and 1967. It has the events of September 1970. The second chapter is dealt with the political events that taken place from 1970 to 1973 Hafidh Al - Assad the leadership in Syria and the events of October war in 1973. The third chapter is concentrated on the civil Lebanese war 1975 - 1976 and the role of Syria in the war. The four chapter is concerned with the political events from 1978 to 1982. It is dealt with Camp Daivid in Lebanon in 1978 and 1982. One of the most important conclusions that the researcher is achieved is that the researcher is achieved is that the reasons of the wars between Arab and Israel is the weakness of the growing Arabic forces and do not let the agreements that taken place between Arab countries to be applied in real situations one of the reasons of defeating Arab countries in that wars the strength.
Summary:
References:

العلاقات السياسية المصرية - الايطالية 1922 - 1943 == The Egyptian - Italian Political Relations (1922 - 1943)

Author name: زينب خالد حسين
Supervisor name: عبد المجيد كامل عبد اللطيف التكريتي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Egypt over its history did not witness isolation and always retained relations with most countries, many factors helped her to do so, it has got advantages by virtue of its geographical location and its supervision on the trade route between East and West, and the supervision in the modern era on the main maritime artery of world trade, i.e., the Suez Canal. Italy was one of the countries that Egypt have been associated with close relations, those relationships characterized with some features, comes in the forefront, the old age of those relations, which had grown significantly in the nineteenth century and then consolidated in the reign of Khedive Ismail, especially after he took refuge to Italy when he was forced to abdicate the throne. The relations evolved steadily in the reigns of King Ahmed Fouad I and his son Farouk, for both were pro - Italian. The Italy's aspiration of colonizing Libya, Egypt's western neighbor, has founded a new area of relations between the two countries. In addition to that Egypt embraced a large Italian community.The subject of international relations considers one of the most important historical subjects because it studies the history of nations that will not be done without knowing the nature of the foreign relations of any nation and what had been exposed to of external influences. The subject of Egyptian - Italian's Political Relations 1922 - 1943, comes as an update to a series of studies on Foreign Relations of the Arab countries and Egypt as the largest Arab country and has a long and majestic history, should her foreign relations be studied, particularly with Italy the European country that has historical ties with the Arab world.The reasons which made me choose this theme and confine with this period in particular, goes back first to its historical significance both politically and militarily, and secondly that the topic of Egyptian - Italian political relations has not been researched in a comprehensive and detailed in any academic study or history book, whether in Iraq or Egypt. Thirdly the study attempts to verify the veracity of Axis powers' allegations in liberation of the Arab region in North Africa from British and French colonialism.Basing on these assumptive data, and on my readings in documents in question and its direct sources in the National Archives House in Cairo and the Middle East Center at the University of Ain Shams, I managed to collect material of this study.The thesis is divided into an introduction, five chapters and a conclusion.The first chapter Egyptian - Italian Relations 1901 - 1922, is divided into two sections, the first deals with relation during the Italian occupation of Libya 1901 - 1914, while the second examines the impact of the First World War on the Egyptian - Italian relations 1914 - 1922.Chapter II highlights the evolution of the Egyptian - Italian Political Relations 1922 - 1933. The chapter includes three sections, the first discusses the impact of the Statement of February 28th, 1922 on development of diplomatic relations between Egypt and Italy. The second section discusses the fascist government's attitude towards the Egyptian national movement and the Italian community in Egypt from 1922 to 1933. The third section tackles the issue of the fascist government backing the economic activity in Egypt and its impact on the consolidation of the Egyptian - Italian political relations.The third chapter focuses on the problem of western borders of Egypt in period of 1922 - 1933, the chapter is divided into three sections, the first looking in the Italian ambitions in the western borders of Egypt until 1925. The second section deals with the Egyptian - Italian relations under disagreements about Jaghbub Oasis 1925. Third section examines the issue of talks on resolving the Jaghbub Oasis.Chapter IV "Italian occupation of Ethiopia and its impact on the Egyptian - Italian relations 1935 - 1936", is divided into two sections, the first section deals with the Egyptian attitude towards the Italian occupation of Ethiopia in 1936, and the second sheds lights on the Egyptian - Italian political relations in 1936.Chapter V "The Evolution of the Egyptian - Italian Relations 1937 - 1946", divided into three sections, the first discusses the abolition of foreign privileges on Egypt in 1937 and Italy's attitude towards them. The second section researches the Egyptian attitude towards the British - Italian agreement in 1938. While the Third studies the impact of World War II on the Egyptian - Italian political relations 1939 - 1943.Britain was the axis point around which the political relations between Egypt and Italy spun, as long as Egypt wanted to get rid of British hegemony, found in Italy hope that can be supported in her just cause. However, Italy was trying to put pressure on Britain in a political game in order to obtain further gains in East, found in Egypt her long seeking goal. Sometimes declares her full support to the Egyptians independence and at other times acquires part of its territory, by exploiting Britain in order to take an attitude with or against her in the expected open war. Thus, the Italian - Egyptian political relations were in ebb and flow in accordance with the developments of political events between the two great powers, Britain and Italy.The thesis depends on a variety of sources documents come in the forefront, including unpublished documents preserved in the National Archives House in Cairo. As will as the unpublished documents in the National Archives House in Baghdad, which are the files of Iraqi Commission in Cairo and reports of the Iraqi Commission in Rome. Beside the files of the Iraqi Foreign Ministry reserved in the ministry archives in the form of sequential boxes, contained most of the reports of political, economic and social developments. In addition to the documents of British Foreign Office, which I managed to obtained from the Middle East Center at the University of Ain Shams. The thesis is also based on a set of published documents, comes in the forefront the House of Representatives' Proceedings that saved in the Egyptian National Archives House in Cairo.
Summary:
References:

حركة الاخوان واثرها في التطورات السياسية في الجزيرة العربية (1912 - 1930) == Brotherhood Movement And Its Impact On Political Developments In The Arabian Peninsula ( 1912 - 1930 )

Author name: زينب منعم كريم العزاوي
Supervisor name: صبري فالح مزبان الحمدي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Summary:
References:

هجرة الاتراك الى المانيا الاتحادية 1961 - 1990م == The Migration Of Turks To Federal Germany (1961 - 1990)

Author name: ريزان جلال احمد
Supervisor name: صباح مهدي رميض القريشي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: After the Second World War, Turkey has confronted hard economic conditions, in addition to the defeat of Germany in the Second World War; a matter caused great destruction in its infrastructure and economic facilities as well as great causalities. All these reasons caused shortage in the labor market; a matter affected the country reconstruction capabilities, especially after creating Berlin's wall, which means that the man power was required, therefore the immigration was opened to many countries including Turkey since 1961. Thus, the dissertation was titled (The Immigration of Turks to Federal Germany 1961 - 1990, historical study). The dissertation was divided into four chapters, introduction and conclusion. The first chapter viewed the course of the political situations in both countries after the Second World War until 1960). This chapter contained two inquiries; the first one consisted of three articles, the first one was (Turkey and the developments of the political internally and externally), while the second one came under the title (The Democratic party and establishing the Turkish state’s Firms 1950 - 1960). The third one was titled (Turkey and the foreign relations system 1945 - 1960). The second inquiry discussed the problems of the Second World War and its consequences on Germany, reconstruction plans and the economic developments during the period (1945 - 1960). The second chapter discussed the subject of Turks immigration reasons, motivations and attraction factors of the receiving country the first migration attempts, where it included three inquiries, the first on came under the title (The Turkish immigration, its motivations and reasons), while the second one was titled (The attraction factors of the receiving country (Federal Germany) for the Turkish immigrants). The third inquiry was allocated to the (First attempts of Turkish workers migration and looking for work opportunities in Federal Germany. The third chapter discussed the (Turkish - German migration agreement, its terms, conditions and reflections on the Turkish immigrants in Federal Germany 1961 - 1974), where it consist of five inquiries; the first one discussed the prefaces of concluding the agreement and its conditions, while the second inquiry was allocated to the (Agreement of 30 November 1961 and its legal frame and joint work mechanisms). The third inquiry continued a brief on the (Geographical distribution map according to the rates of the immigrants from the Turkish governorates 1961 - 1974). The fourth inquiry discussed the (Backgrounds of Turkish immigrants and categorizing them according to educational qualification, professional diversity and the internal and external effects. The fifth inquiry was allocated to the (First generation of Turkish immigrants, review to their social and living conditions in the new home 1961 - 1974). The fourth chapter was titled "increasing the level of the Turkish immigration to Federal Germany and the position of the federal government of it 1974 - 1990). It included four inquiries, the first one came under the title (The Turkish immigrants and the pressure of the German laws to restrict the migration), while the second inquiry has discussed (The problems of Turkish immigrants to Federal Germany). The title of the third inquiry was (The Muslim Turks immigrants between the acceptance of Germans and their rejects). The fourth inquiry, was (Interfaces activity of Turkish immigrants in Federal Germany 1974 - 1990). The dissertation has reached several conclusions, including the declined Turkish economy, which caused wide protest among the people against the economic policy of Turkish government that caused economic problems especially in countryside; in addition to the increase of unemployment rates, which led to immigration to Federal Germany. Turkish Kurdistan suffered from severe backwardness in comparison with other Turkish regions. They also suffered from forcing the displacement to the west areas of Turkey, which caused the emergence of several Kurdish movements in these areas, but all were depressed by the state, a matter led to the migration of those people to Federal Germany, escaping oppression and demanding better life conditions. The Turkish migration to the Federal Germany called the guest workers according to the Turkish - German agreement of 30 October 1961, to fill the gap of working hands, to reconstruct Germany. Women had a share in the Turkish migration, but less than the men. The Turkish migration to Germany continued in spite of the ban of employment in 1973, and the strict procedures imposed by the German government. Perhaps the most outstanding problem from which the Turkish migrants suffers was the identity and assimilation to the new home, where many Germans consider Muslims as unable to assimilate to the Western culture. The guest workers of the first generation were not considered immigrated workers, but they are formed with their families a Turkish cultural and economic community known as the ghetto. The Turkish migrants to Germany established societies and political organizations, which took the task of demanding their rights in Turkey. For the reverse immigration, a very little portion of the Turkish immigrates, especially the first generation decided to return home, while the second and third generations had preferred to stay in their new home. However, the decision to reunite the two Germanys had affected the level of Turkish migration to, and did not prosper until more than 3 years.
Summary:
References:

امنة الصدر (بنت الهدى) 1937 - 1980م : دراسة تاريخية == Amina Alsadir (Bnt Alhuda) 1937 - 1980 (Historical Study)

Author name: ريام احمد عبد الزبيدي
Supervisor name: كريم مراد عاتي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The study of historical personality consider as one of the significant studies as to its relation to historical events , especially if these personalities experienced unannounced rule , in another hand what add importance to these historical personality that is not limited to men only but also women have widespread rule and that push the researcher to choose these personality in particular as she played a significant rule directly related with modern Islamic movement , nearly a little academic studies have mentioned a feminine personality which strongly attached to historical events in particular those whose practice their deeds secretly and haven’t clearly announced ,accordingly the researcher through this study seeks to spot the light on the social , educational and political rule of woman rule through the study of feminine personality as model of Iraqi woman (Amina Haider Al Sader) whose acted a significant rule on the social , educational and political level. According to the duration of the study is limited with a period (1937 - 1980 a.m) represented by the subject of study which is her personal life that involves on many topics associated with the different suggestions , thoughts and visions of the personality whereas the study includes a discussion for some suggestions and thoughts that associated with woman and the modern Islamic visions toward her also discuss the literature works of Amina Al - Sadir that indirectly oriented toward woman whereas she suggested some problems that face woman in the social life and she also suggested some suitable solutions for them through the principles of Islamic law which rise the woman state, some of these thoughts presented by literature stories. The study include the educational and social rule of Amina Alsadir that presented through many educational and social platforms represented by her supervisions on non - government girl schools in addition to make many awareness conferees by which many of her Islamic visions has been suggested. The study also contain the political activity of Amin Al - Sadir that acted by various periods of her life that consider as completion of her social activity and important part of it, in addition to her directed conflict with political regime until her martyrdom. Through study of this personality the research conclude many finding , the most important are Amina Al - Sadir act one part of modern Islamic movement through her relationship with her brother Mohammed Baqir Al - Sadir, in addition to suggested thoughts and visions that suggested by Amina represented as a link between the modern reality and Islamic principles in a direct way, Amina was so far from of being rigorist to reach her restricted theory to woman to make her feel her state in the society and prepare her in socially and educationally so she can educate a generation whose have aim and restricted destination whereas Amina endeavored the educational base of woman strong to practice her rule in society in a completed way and can stand against to anti - Islamic theories firmly and strongly and in order to achieve this ,Amina started her preparation of woman by identify the importance of her state in Islam and society to support her confidence consequently to prepare awareness generation of women
Summary:
References:

مصالي الحاج ودوره السياسي في الجزائر حتى عام 1974م == Messali Al Hadj And His Political Role In Algeria Until 1974

Author name: رنده زيدان خليف رشيد النعيمي
Supervisor name: يحيى كاظم حمود المعموري
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Babylon
First pages:
Abstract: Algeria, which is one of the Arab Maghreb countries, was under French occupation in 1830 after forcing Ottoman occupation out, to become its replacement. National figures, such as Messali Hadj (1898 - 1974), worked hard to establish fronts, groupings, and blocs to challenge the new occupation which tried to Frenchify Algeria. Algerian historians disagreed about this figure, where some of them considered him as obedient to French occupation and accused him of treason while others considered him as a nationalist who struggled through following peaceful methods and international channels to submit the Algerian problem in order to stop or reduce bloodshed. Therefore, this difference about Messali Hadj resulted in different political situations which led to this confusion in general considerations about this figure. In this study, we put the lights on the character of Messali Hadj and we found that he was one of the nationalists who tried to convey his thoughts to get occupation out of the country without using armed force and by peaceful methods. Eventually, he convinced that it is necessary to use force. As a result of existing conflicts between those who stood up to liberate Algeria, he retired from political action, and yet he didn’t participate in the revolution of 1954 which granted Algeria full independence. Through examining the course of events, we found that the results reached by the researcher are : 1 - Messali Hadj is one of Algerian nationalists who affected the Algerian history and spent most of his live in struggle and resisting French occupation. 2 - National movements appeared in Algeria through national and religious figures after second world war and after returning most of young recruits to the country. 3 - Messali Hadj took part in establishing a party which succeeded in north Africa, where he was one of its founding members and hold leadership of the party in 1927. 4 - Messali Hadj was well known for his national spirit through his enthusiastic speeches for Algerian people or in the international forums. However he followed peaceful methods to present claims of Algerian people and achieve them. So, he decided to seek with all of his strength to submit claims of Algerian people in League of Nations and other conferences which were held to make reconciliation between the occupation and people of Algeria in a way that illustrate the sufferings of Algerians
Summary:
References:

وزارة الداخلية العراقية 1958 - 1963م : دراسة تاريخية == The Ministry Of Al - Iraqia Interior 1958 - 1963 Historical Study

Author name: سرمد سعد يوسف طاهر
Supervisor name: عكاب يوسف عليوي الركابي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Wasit
First pages:
Abstract: Is the subject of the Iraqi Interior Ministry 1958 - 1963 subjects with large and the great importance that accompanied the study of events in the modern history of Iraq, which was an extension of the era of the monarchy in which the ministry was founded for the first time when the formation of the Iraqi Interim Government in the October 25, 1920 under the chairmanship of Mr. Abdul Rahman al - Naqib. Select the message subject and title between 1958 - 1963 of the importance of this era of the modern history of Iraq, where Iraq has seen the fall of the monarchy in the morning of the fourteenth of July 1958 at the hands of a number of military officers led by Abdul Karim Kassem and Abdul Salam Mohammed Arif and officers Liberal, either determine the end the message for up to 1963 it represents the end of the first republican era, which ended with a coup on the morning of February 8, 1963, and the execution of Abdul Karim Qassem, the ninth of the month of February 1963. The purpose of the letter to clarify the most important administrative and national variables ministry structure after the end of the monarchy and to engage in the republican era and add new variables and the implications for the political and social life and the provision of services is not security only, but the service and management had taken an area of the possibilities of this ministry and activities. Divided the message on the front and four chapters and a conclusion, the first chapter dealt with the follow - up situation in Iraq during the First World War (1914 - 1918) and the British administration and the events of the twentieth revolution and the establishment of the interim government in the October 25, 1920 under the chairmanship of Mr. Abdul Rahman al - Naqib and the establishment of the monarchy in Iraq in August 23, 1921 and the coronation of King Faisal first king of Iraq and the establishment of the ministry, which was one of the key ministries from the first moment in the interim government and the appointment of Mr. Taleb al - Naqib as the first minister of the interior in the interim government, followed thereafter Mr. Ramsey your Tawfiq al - Khalidi..., presenting an overview of the evolution of the ministry until the outbreak of the revolution of July 14, 1958 Iraq's entry into the republican era after the fall of the monarchy and the most prominent political variables that guided Iraq policy in that period from 1958 to 1963. Prey for the second quarter to the great significance topics in the conduct of the security, political, administrative and service life in the ministry's headquarters and its security institutions and departments of service to address the most important and the most prominent preliminary steps and preliminary to restructure the ministry starting from the formation of the first ministry of the Government leader Abdul Karim Kassem, and the position of the minister and the agency of Colonel General Abdul Salam Mohammed Arif until his dismissal from office in the September 30, 1958 after the intensification of the conflict between them because of the last call for immediate union with the United Arab Republic (Egypt and Syria) and approached the Gamal Abdel Nasser and the appointment of Gen. leader Ahmed Mohamed Yahya, who has held the post until February 8, 1963 and explaining the importance of executive power law No. 74 of 1959 and what happened from splitting and the addition of a number of directorates and departments of the ministry, which was affiliated to the Ministry of the Interior in the monarchy, which later became the ministries and departments of independent interest such as municipalities and electricity, sewage and prisons structure. Was addressed in this chapter also to ministerial regulations that changed the course of work of the ministry and decryption administrative bottlenecks in the New Testament, including the Regulation No. 41 of 1959 and Act No. 18 of 1960 and finally Regulation No. 38 of 1961. Review in the third quarter, which came under the Iraqi Interior Ministry functions and responsibilities of the title of 1958 - 1963 on the security side and its successes and achievements during that period in the security side, which is the primary goal and main paramount in the work of the ministry and the security events were many and varied, including Shawwaf movement in the March 8 1959 events of Kirkuk, July 14, 1959 and the attempted assassination of the leader Abdul Karim Kassem in the October 7, 1959 and a strike of gasoline in March 1961. The fourth chapter, which was complemented by the third chapter in the Iraqi Interior Ministry tasks 1958 - 1963 and responsibilities in the political, administrative and service side and the most prominent achievements in those aspects that were fields fertile ground for the development of fingerprint ministry where the granting of passports to people, cars and services, civil defense and rescue, public holidays and the law of arms and works to build schools, health clinics and monitoring the work of trade unions and the establishment of political parties and associations. This is what makes search out a set of conclusions of the points are critical and reached by the study, including the fact that the ministry is one of the key ministries of the political, security and administrative and service quartet effect which has been of significance and overlapping of their work at the heart of the work of other ministries, the position of the ministry chock and supportive since the monarchy even the republican era the first period of know - how. This is what can be seen from the structure of its proximity to the Ministry of Local Administration Department as one of the important districts and a key that worked in all four in ten brigades Iraq at the time. Through the ministerial regulations (MOI) has been developed and deleted a number of districts by what came as a prelude to the Executive Authority Act No. 74 of 1959 and the introduction of positions of the Agency Minister's Office and the Directorate of Police (Rescue and queries) and other people and departments. These variables were in functional and administrative structure came in proportion to the needs and requirements of the new phase. The ministry had faced embarrassing and harsh conditions in the realm of political and security of life from the first moment after the success of the revolution of July 14, 1958 until February 8, 1963, represented the actions of security and tactical steps and positions of these events that have been successful in some of them and some had a negative attitude to non - treated and this is clearly stated in the success in controlling and restore stability after and during Shawwaf movement in Mosul, March 8, 1959 and the events of Kirkuk, July 14, 1959 in calming the situation in the October 7, 1959 when he tried bunch of Baathists assassinated leader Abdul Karim Kassem in Rasheed Street, while they were having failures in the transfer of the facts correct and clear the street by the General Security Directorate and its official Colonel Abdul Majid Jalil, who was a believer that the arrest and imprisonment, and the investigation was enough to control the security situation, citing that things are going as planned and there are no external and internal risks affecting the sovereignty and the government and the revolution, and this is what came contrary to the events of the coup 8 February 1963. The ministry also was almost broken at the beginning of the rule of the revolution control of the military to important positions in the ministry and the militarization of the Republic and the negligence of some security figures who have had a shot to good in security work and the reputation of either the fact that the fear of the leaders of the revolution of the loss of the revolution because of their belief that the security services contained some anti - era elements Royal or because of their faith in the spirit in which the military took over the duties and tasks of the security services and their disregard for the role. The position of the military ruler who filled corner leader Ahmed Saleh al - Saidi and his involvement in small and large each passing judgments, statements and decisions customary tightened the noose on the Ministry of Interior and is a clear example, so that some of the duties of communism, including the Popular Resistance Committees maintenance Republic teams began to take the site and the work of the ministry in many Sometimes even been suspended its activities by claiming felt after the failure of the military institution in maintaining security and safety of citizens in the events of Mosul and Kirkuk and others. The ministry has regained its prestige and its control after the year 1960 and began working with the Ministry of Defence in the same importance and direction in a joint cooperation to maintain security and order within the country to follow the associations, newspapers and demonstrations, meetings and activities of banned groups and follow - up communist activities and the Baathists and nationalists after he was diagnosed they main protagonists in everything that happens from a security disturbance inside the country as she was diagnosed in early what the government is planning to change the Republican era first and this is what actually happened in the February 8, 1963
Summary:
References:

العلاقات الامريكية - البحرينية 1971 - 1988 : دراسة سياسية عسكرية == The Us - Bahrain Relations 1971 - 1988 A Political Military Study

Author name: رجاء رحيم مرسول ال نصر الله
Supervisor name: قبس ناطق محمد الدليمي
General topic: History
Degree: Doctorate
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: Unitd State of America interest in Arabian Gulf began since 1833 represented by send commissionaires as first step.It seeks to show its interest and provide services to strengthen the relations with people of Arabian Gulf through teaching and health services. The American preacher represented American interests and they established centers in Bahrain and other Arabian Gulfs regiins. American interests were developed after its oil companies were awarded the charter of Bahrain oil in the time when it had no true policy towards Arabian Gulf before Second World war It considered it as British domination region.After It particioate in the Second World War with Allies in 1939 its foreign policy started to move. Arabian Gulf entered the regional interests. The negotiations began with Gulf countries to give it military facilitations causing the competition between United States and Britain which its severity eased after end of Second World domination. Through the discussion of the dissertation it appears that the strategic location and huge oil treasures in Arabian Gulf attracted colonists and invaders which saw that liberation of the region from colonialism means eliminate all forms of exploitation and colonialism.Arabiam Gulf exposed to conflicts of greed colonial countries specially Britain an United States that connect Arabian Gulf interests with their monopoly oil companies to maintain the current situation and fight national powers and stand against advaanced thoughts to Arabian Gulf Area. The end of the Second World War is considered as turn point in the nature of American policy towards Arabian Gulf specially its military existence in Bahrain as resulted from Britain withdraw from Arabian Gulf in 1968 and abandin its historical responsibilities in this region. It occurred because of world changes in the end of the Second World War that led to appearance of United State power that entered the region as a strong competitor of Britain policy specially when direct colonialism became not worthy after appearance on indirect forms in which colonial countries maintain their interests without use of military force. Bahrain fears appeared from the results of Britain withdrawal from Arabian Gulf as it feared from Iran greed to control it. Iran use Britain withdrawal to have regional role to serve American interests in Arabian Gulf through American Administration introduce of Nixon principle based on balance of two pillars Saudi Arabia and Iran. Iran occupied the three Arabic islands in cooperation with Britain that controlled Arabian Gulf. Thus the political and military relations was developed after it acquired independency in 1971 where American officials said that Bahrain is the strategic ally out of NATO specially after the change of Iran regime, fall of Shah Mohammed Ridha Baglawy in 1979 and Iran - Iraq war.All that led to establisd Gulf Cooperation Council with Bahrain as Active member in 1981.Also the beginning of American military and political support as it considered it as Arabic organization that aims to make communication and cooperation between the six countries of the Gulf. The military and political cooperation was crystalized between United State and Bahrain as the six consequent and a center for protecting American interests in and a location to watch Iran movements in Gulf coasts. Also United States sought to support military and security defennses of Bahrain defense force. Thus several military and political agreements were made between United States and Bahrain. It provide Bahrin with weapons and military instruments.It supplied modern Bahrain army and strength it for stability of security and protect Bahrain regime from any conspiracy to overthrough it. This study aims to analyze political and military relations between United States and Bahrain in the period (1971 - 1988). The reason behind choosing this period as it is the date of independence of Bahrain in 1971 from Britain occupation that last for one hundred and fifty days in which it spread discrimination between the components of Bahrain and interfere in its internal relation. The year 1988 represented historical stage in Arabian Gulf with the end of Iraq - Iran War and the influence of American role in international politics in Arabian Gulf in general and in Bahrain policy specially. This study explained that the roots of American belongs to earlier stages of modern history. Bahrain state was distinguished by great strategic importance because its geographical relations as it locate on the strait that stretched along Arabian Gulf towards Hermiz strait and to Oman Gulf to represent cross point of communication roads among Asia Africa and Europe. All oil and non - oil exports and imports of the Gulf pass through this road. These reasons give Bahrain exceptional importance for the powers that seek to protect naval transport and oil fields or to attack it.It represent military importance used by United States to established military bases to secure its strategic interests. Also,Bahrain was an important center of energy after the discovery of oil and beginning of production in commercial amounts.Thus the aim of United States in continue flow of oil is behind the trends of American policy towards Bahrain. The policy of Bahrain was not an easy matter after independence. It face several difficulties such As Iran claims of sovereignty on Bahrain Islands. In the beginning the thought was at wide union that includes (Q atar, Bahrain, Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Shariqa,, Aas Al Kahima, Um - elqiween, Fujairah and Ajman),but its union with UAE was not successful for many reasons such as the difference of ministerial representation and choose of the union capital. Finally it declare its independence as a sovereign state internationally and Arabic recognized.After overthrough of Shah of Iran in 1979 and declare on Iran Islamic Republic which works against American interests the attitude of Bahrain from new regime in Iran which contrast it ideologically and the reflection of influence of Islamic revolution in iran of internal situation because of Shiite majority that support Iran. These reasons made United States to find a solution to maintain it interests that cinfront risk after the fall of its ally Shah of Iran (the policeman of the gulf). It works on break a long war between Iraq and Iran to weaken the tow countries and deplete their powers. This war achieved many objectives for the United States the most important was to hold Soviet expansion towards Arabian Gulf. It works to find permanent military bases in Bahrain and other Gulf countries. Thus it works to militarize the region to defend its vital interests. This matter made the six gulf states to cooperate to confront international and regionl conflict. They established Gulf Cooperation Council to face the influences of first Gulf War (Iraq - Iran War). United States support Gulf Cooperation Council and deals with it as a world organization. Thus American administration began to interest in Bahrain and makes political and military relation with it. It considered Bahrain as a strategic ally although it is a small country with limited economic. It is from American point of view has a great military features made it of great value to watch Iran coasts through establishing radars devices on the boraders with Iran which seeks to develop its nuclear program to spread its domination on the region. The United States refuses Iran acquiring these weapons which cause other countries attempt to acquired it as well as it sends the Fifth American Squadron to intervene in case of a war breakout or face threat of external force especially Bahrain is politically unstable country. That makes it asking United States for aid and support to stable its internal situation and protect its foreign boarders. The reason behind the researcher choosing this subject is the lack of Arabic library to this subject studies and few studies that deals with this subject. That made the researcher face difficulties in gathering the references and resources related to the study American - Bahrain relation specially in the period of the study Second, it is difficult to travel to Bahrain state to bring documents. The researcher met UAE Ambassador Mr. Salah El - Maliky who refused to give the visa to Bahrain.
Summary:
References:

وزارة الاصلاح الزراعي في العراق 1958 - 1968 : دراسة تاريخية == Ministry Agricultural Reform In Iraq, 1958 - 1968 Historical Study

Author name: داليا محمد شهاب العبيدي
Supervisor name: حيدر حميد رشيد
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: This historical study highlights on one aspect of reality in ministry of Agriculture reform 1958 - 1068. Iraq witnessed during Royal Age political, social and economic development which were reflected on the formers life. This matter made the sense of injustice as a motive to abolish classism which was dominated at that time. The 14 of July 1958 Revolution came as a response for the ambitions of Iraqi people. The Revolution perform this by legalization of first Agriculture Reform Act No. 30 on 1958 which eliminate the authority of feudalism and big properties by divided them into little properties. This act application oblige the achievements of the designed purposes it was made for by create Ministry of Agriculture Reforms. This thesis shade a light on the influence of ministry of Agriculture in implementing the Act of Agriculture Reforms. Also the thesis discusses the influence it put on the farmers lit in the period between its foundation on 1958 till 1968. The thesis consist of introduction, preface, four chapters and conclusion, the preface discuses the essence of the subject. It introduces concentrate image on the attempts of agriculture reform in Iraq and its influence on the formers life. First chapter deals with discussion of Agriculture Reform Act No. 30 on 1958. It shade lights on the most important amendments in the period from 1958 to 1968 in detailed discussion and from the aspect of its reflection on implementing of Agriculture Reform Act. Also it review the political parties attitudes from the issue of this act. And the attitudes of Journals as well as the Act of Farming societies and the difficulties that this Act confront. The second chapter discusses on making the ministry of Agriculture Reforms, its directories and its committees as well as its a achievements during the period entailed by this study. Third chapter introduced the most important ministers practical and scientific careers and their influence in the Ministry of Agricultural Reforms. The forth chapter is about the achievements and activities and most important projects this Ministry introduced in the entailed period. We conclude that this Ministry came as a response to the economic and social situations for Iraqi farmer by Act of Agriculture Reforms as it made several projects and achievements.
Summary:
References:

الفرد النقاش ودوره السياسي في لبنان 1887 - 1971 == Alfred Al - Naqash And Political Role In Lebanon 1887 - 1971

Author name: حيدر رزاق راشد الطفيلي
Supervisor name: خضير حسن سلمان
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The Arabic history in general and the history of the Levant in particular is need of an historical academic study to reveal much of its political, economic , social and administrative situations and their mutual influence eon the pan - Arab and international environment. The history of Lebanon and the subjection of that beautiful country and the attempt to tear the unity of the Greater Syria exploiting the sectarian and ethnic diversity by more than one European.The study of the biography of the political figures has got the attention of the scholars. This study open a window on the sum of the regional and international complex. Undoubtedly, going through this study requires basing on the historical methodology based on the objectivity in exposing the events and becoming as possible free of bias and deviation from objectivity.Perhaps the situation in Lebanon during the World war II and the succession of the French government of Vichy and then the Free France government of De Gaulle and the coming of more than one government in difficult times that need a deep study that tackle these characters and their role in building the Lebanese state.In the light of our understanding of the peculiarity and his political role in Lebanon and the period (1887 - 1971) for the role in saving Lebanon from mass destruction in World War II. His role has left a memory in the mind of Lebanese as well as their history. He assumed the office of the President of the Republic in 1941 - 1943, his responsibility increased specially that the country was not independent and the foreign powers were struggling to get it.The nature of the study requires the division to introduction, four chapters and a conclusion as well as of references and annexesChapter One : studied the political development in Lebanon until 1941. It falls into four inquiries : the first inquiry is about the Frenchoccupation of Lebanon; the second inquiry is about the Mandate and the state of greater Lebanon; the third is about the presidential elections and the political until 1939 and the fourth inquiry is about the World War Two and its effect on Lebanon (1941 - 1934).Chapter two tackles the Alfred George Al - Naqqash in four inquiries. The first inquiry is about his biography and his feature; the second about the assuming the office of presidency 1941, the third tackles the foreign policy in his era, and the fourth inquiry is about the interior policy.Chapter Three is about the foreign policy in his term in two inquiries; the first inquiry is about the Lebanese political relationship with Arab states in his term and the second is about the Lebanese political relationship with foreign states during his term. Chapter Four tackles the political activity and his assumption until since his resigning and death. It is distributed into four inquiries; the first inquiry is about the Lebanese Election Law in 1943 while the second is about the Council and independence issue in 1943. The fourth inquiry is devoted to the study f the Palestinian issue and the attitude of the Parliament from the Evacuation of British forces from Egypt, the fourth inquiry tackled Alfred George Al - Naqqash as forieng minister of Lebanon 1955.The study depended on a list of diverse sources in the first of which comes the unpublished documents and the royal documents in the House of Books and Documents in Baghdad the reports of the Iraqi consulate abroad. We also have access to the French documents and the foreign books that have studied many important issues as far as the history of Lebanon is concerned. In addition to the above, the research was diligent that he includes the writing of the Lebanese writers who were contemporary to thee ageand occupied a great part of the thesis. These were makers of events or part of it or a witness the events. The memoires of the Lebanese politicians like the presidents of the Republic Bichara Al - Khoury and the Kamile Chamoun and Sami Al - Soulh and former premier.
Summary:
References:

الحركة النقابية العمالية في مصر 1952 - 1970 == The Labaur Union Movement In Egypt 1952 - 1970

Author name: حنين عبد الله صالح الحديدي
Supervisor name: احمد عبد الواحد عبد النبي الحلفي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Baghdad
First pages:
Abstract: The historical origins stretch for the emergence of the Egyptian working class to the beginning of the twentieth century come into being where her existence as a class.The selection of the 1952 date for the start of the study because it represents the beginning of the regime shift in Egypt from the monarchy to the republican era in Egypt and became a reality trade union under the Bull of which overthrew the monarchy represents the striking hand that her position in the community through its laws and obtained by the strengthened position , while in 1970 was chosen the date of the end of the study the death of Abdel Nasser's strong support of the trade union movement.The nature of the study required to divide the message into an introduction and four chapters and a conclusion in which the most important conclusions of the study.Since the beginning of the first chapter dealt with the working class and the labor movement of 1921 - 1939 and the labor movement in the wake of World War II until 1952.He revealed the second chapter about the role of the trade union movement Mn1952 - 1958 and the position of the labor movement of the 1952 revolution and internal developments in Egypt and the evolution of trade union reality of the labor movement.The third chapter discusses the role of Egyptians workers of the political developments in Egypt 1958 - 1961 and the evolution of trade union reality.And singled out the fourth quarter on the Egyptian labor movement Anaqbih 1962 - 1970 and the evolution of trade union reality of the labor movement and the evolution of labor legislation, as well as after a setback June 5 on the workers.The message chapters have shown about the role of unions and political attitudes that have changed the course of political events, including the Great was their role in the liquidation of the dispute between Muhammad Naguib and Nasser, and effective and efficient role in the war as the tripartite aggression coming together with the Egyptian working class in the rest of the working classesThe homeland of the Arab and European countries, and the large role played by workers in the tension of the Egyptian - US relations through the crisis of the ship Kilobacrh and force allied countries against the ship to bow at the end of the crisis.vdila positions and the role of the workers in that period, they have received many privileges and legislation issued in their right where they have lifted them as a class position in Egyptian society
Summary:
References:

مصر في عهد علي بك الكبير (1760 - 1773) == Egypt During The Reign Of Your Great Ali (1773 - 1760)

Author name: حمزة صباح كاظم الحمداني
Supervisor name: علي حسين نمر الاسماعيلي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Sections of history in the Iraqi academic institutions dealt with different history issues that varied Period temporal diversity Moadaaha, especially those related contents on Egypt, and in particular its modern history, and formed this fact motivated the first in the selection of the researcher to the subject of this study (Egypt during the reign of Ali Beck great 1760 m - 1773), the title to the subject of the study, it was for the period between the years (1760 - 1773 AD), especially in the history of Egypt importance. In 1760 attaches to your great chieftain of the country in Egypt, and Egypt has witnessed during his chiefdom most important event in its modern history, a movement for the independence of Egypt from the Ottoman Empire in 1769, one of the separatist movements and to demand independence for the Arab countries of the Ottoman Empire, and doing so has dealt a blow to the Ottoman state was not exposed since that Egypt underwent a verdict in 1517, and the study ended with his death in 1773. The cast of this study highlight the do to your movement for independence from the Ottoman Empire, a dangerous precedent in the history of the Ottomans, who are accustomed to the inauguration of the governors to Egypt on their own, and accompanied the duration of the rule of Ali Bey of events involved in the making of the history of Egypt's recent political history, can be counted first political roots the orientations of the Mamluks in order to revive their state and independence in Egypt, and so with the help of foreign countries such as Russia, in order to build an army strong fleet realize its projects independence as well as the control of neighboring Egypt, the country such as the Hijaz and the Levant, to configure the Mamluk state include all of these regions. After the completion of the writing of this study we have reached a number of important conclusions, as follows : Egypt in the Ottoman era, the mandate is characterized by political conflicts between the houses Mamluk for control of the power which, especially in the eighteenth century for control of power where, precisely the position of chieftain of the country, because the author of this post be the owner of the real power in the country and the superiority authority of the Ottoman viceroy, whose presence in Egypt, a formality authority, does not have any authority over the sheikh of the country, but on the contrary the last van is controlled by prefectural Ottoman, and may even sometimes be performed Sheikh country to expel the Ottoman governor if he found it opposed his policy, and this shows the weakness of the Ottoman state power in Egypt. Egyptian relations European during the period 1760 - 1773, a period of the rule of Ali Bey, were not at the same pace, as based Egyptian relationship with France, Britain and the Republic of Venice on the economic side, these countries and raced to hold trade agreements with Ali Bey Al - Kabir in Egypt, and try to your exploit these relationships in neighborhoods through the Red Sea, but these countries do not agree to engage with him in this project, fearing for their privileges in the Ottoman provinces. Based Egyptian relations - Russia during the reign of Ali Bey Al - Kabir on the military side, as Russia tried to exploit the ambition to your independence from the Ottoman Empire in its favor, because it was at war with the Ottoman Empire, as well as the backing and support in some of the battles in the Levant through its fleet Protein content in the Mediterranean.That the error, which occurred when Ali Bey was why he was killed and the fall of his rule, is the absolute reliance on Mamluks, especially Mohammed Abe gold, which gave the military leadership in foreign campaigns, and took advantage of Mohammed Abu gold this position in the formation of relationships and internal friendships State, this confidence and complete dependence on Mohammed Abe gold make the latter thinks in control of the rule of Egypt, and was the beginning of this split is withdrawing from the Levant abruptly, and signed by you in the same error when assigned ordered discipline Mohammed Abe gold to owned by Ismail Bey, who refused to fight Osman Pasha Alkrgi when he was in Levant and disobeying orders apparent age, which led to the accession of Ismail and his father Mohammed to two gold and stand against Ali Bey. Speed up and rush to your in order to return to Egypt based on the promises he received from some of his supporters in Egypt and who wrote these letters under pressure from Mohamed Abe gold to lure him to Egypt, and despite the fact that an ally of Ali Bey in the Levant apparent age tried to prevent Ali from your Back and his assertion that these messages intrigue of Mohammed Abe gold, but the Ali Bey did not listen to the tips ally, and his insistence on his mind and its dependence on astrological predictions and show him the stars, especially what to tell him Rizk Coptic teacher who told Ali Bey that victory ally since returned to Egypt, so he decided to return to Egypt before the arrival of Russian aid, and this was the matter of the main reasons in the end, and eliminate it. Log in to your Egypt, although the duration of the short reign in foreign wars had exhausted the treasury of the country, so it's reflected on the Egyptian people, who became under the shadow of poverty due to the large number of taxes imposed on them to be funded his army, he was spending his campaign on the Hejaz (26,000, 000) francs, the equivalent of (520,000) bag of gold, and cost - Sham campaigns more than that.The movement on your despite failing to achieve its goals, but it showed the weakness of the Ottoman Empire, and encouraged a lot of niches Egypt after him to do the sole power and monopoly by virtue of Egypt, and it was for that matter the negative repercussions on the Ottoman presence in Egypt, opening the way for states Alobeh especially France and Britain for control of Egypt in order to achieve political and commercial gain.Found on your apparent age ally who supports it so as to unite the goal between them, the fact that Monday was for them the same goal which is independence from the Ottoman Empire, and can count this coalition of coalitions first of the independence of the Arab lands of the Ottoman rule after rule that lasted five centuries, and his movement, although - year - old palace, have had far - reaching consequences, including the people who took power in Egypt after, they took the thinking of re - independence experience in Egypt, and this thing happened with Muhammad Ali Pasha, when the revolt against the Ottoman Empire boarded Egypt. Were not with apparent old enough strength to face the Ottoman Empire alone, so we find it was based on the Ali Bey achieve its goal of independence, has tried to prevent Ali from your return to Egypt and stay with him to achieve his projects in freedom and the formation of their own, because he finds in the your considerable power out. Finally, I put in the hands of members of the discussion and I'm sure that the scientific opinions and observations will contribute to enriching the study and help to overcome the shortcomings, so be scientific appearance that should be it.
Summary:
References:

القنصلية البريطانية في البصرة 1764 - 1914 : دراسة تاريخية == British Consulates By Basra 1764 - 1914 Historical Study

Author name: حلا مزهر جايد الحسيناوي
Supervisor name: محمد داخل كريم السعدي
General topic: History
Degree: Master
Language: Arabic
University location: Dhi Qar
First pages:
Abstract: Basra, the second largest city in the Republic of Iraq and the center of the province of Basra, located in the far south of Iraq, on the west bank of the Shatt al - Arab, a crossing of water, which consists of the confluence of the Tigris and Euphrates in Qurna, 110 kilometers north of the city of Faw, about Basra province, about 55 kilometers from the Gulf Arab and 545 km from the city of Baghdad, an area of maintaining 19,070 km 2, with a population of nearly three million people (according to 2010 estimates), its international borders with Saudi Arabia and Kuwait to the south and Iran to the east, and the local borders of the province of Basra, in common with all of the province of Dhi Qar, Maysan, north , Muthanna and west. uThe search dividing into four chapters and a conclusion right with a list of the names and sources are as follows : - Chapter One ( the historical development of Basra and the strategic importance ) And divided into two sections we dealt with in the first historical development of Basra until 1914 , and the form of this section an introduction to the study, where we dealt with Basra's history since it was founded by the Muslim Arabs in 635 AD at the time of Caliph Omar ibn al - Khattab until 1914 , and in the second section dealt with the importance of Basra for thought West , where he was the site of Basra, the strategic importance of the big in all the projects that were European countries covet in their implementation , and since it is located within the region , which is the shortest way leading to India has taken the UK interested in working for the D lines of communication using either ships in the collapsed Iraq or railway or telegraph line extending through it. - Chapter II ( the penetration of British interests in Basra )Divided this chapter into three sections , devoted First research him to take care of the orders growth of British interests until the establishment of the consulate and the activity of English East India Company , which was representative of the interests of the British in Basra , while the second section was about the founding of the British consulate and development of administrative , where she founded the East India Company English Mqimih in Basra since 1723 , turning the Residency to the agency , and Basra, the first rose which representation to a degree Guenaslh and that based on the Furman Soltani obtained by Henry Neville in 1764 , and designate which Robert Garden representative of the East India Company in Basra consul in this city , either section third we have offered the evolution of British interests after the establishment of the consulate , and try to promote British commercial and political influence in Basra , Iraq. - Chapter III ( political activity of the British Consulate and the local ties )Contains this chapter on the three sections , the first of it was the political activity of the British Consulate , and it reminded us that the functions of consuls Britons who are in Iraq are limited to two basic firstly take care of the economic interests of the state , particularly commercial in Iraq and the second Ashraf affairs nationals of their country in Iraq , and Pena how to move beyond them all the context of their work and performed another activity intelligence and political , while the second section dealt support Consulate for British interests , as was the Iraq of the areas of competing political, economic and cultural cooperation between European countries major in the nineteenth century and early twentieth century , and in the context that occurred upon consuls British in Iraq mission monitor the activities of the competing countries and inform their governments detail , with an attempt to thwart those activities and obstruction , either the third section has included social activity and local Guensbah Britain , where she was a relationship consuls British and the local authorities affected by several factors , most important of which are enjoyed by the consuls British in Iraq, the influence of the local.Chapter IV ( Protestant missionary activity and the role of the consulate( This included a chapter on the four sections , the first we had the thought of evangelization and development among Christian sects , and in the second section dealt with the missionaries Albroostantih , where thus missionaries Protestants appear in Iraq since the twenties of the nineteenth century , while the third section was about the relationship of missionaries with the British missionaries Other The rivalry between them, and the fourth section included other activities of the Protestant missionaries , Kalnchat medical and educational , and the difficulties faced by these missionaries.It has been dealt with as a single unit Thread. Pena Balkhatemh importance of the geographical location of the city of Basra and its port , and what was its impact on global trade and the greed of competing European countries seized upon to ensure its interests in the East, as well as the objectives of Britain in Iraq and how to begin to exert influence on Iraq commercially and then and then politically , followed by military control , and Basra are foothold foot them and drove them to the occupation of Iraq. As well as Pena role carefree played by consuls Britons who took advantage of their office and their powers to sow seeds of discord among the people , and get them to disobey the Ottoman state and provide them with weapons , which Atakznh Britain profitable business due to evade consuls weapons into Iraq and sell it on the Iraqi tribes.God is reconciling and payment
Summary:
References:
1 ... 15 16 17 18 19 ... 36